JP7132269B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state for a player.

In a conventional game machine, an image display device displays a meter whose display mode can be changed from level 1 to bell 4, and when the display mode of the meter reaches level 4, a plurality of super reach is displayed. There is one in which one of the ready-to-win effects is executed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

JP 2015-221121 A

However, in Patent Document 1, only one of a plurality of super reach effects is executed based on the change in the display mode of the meter to level 4, and the amusement of the game cannot be improved. There is

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine capable of improving the enjoyment of a game.

The game machine of means 1 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to a player (for example, a jackpot game state),
As a suggestive effect suggesting that the control is in the advantageous state, a special suggestive effect (for example, ready-to-win effect I) and a first suggestive effect (for example, , ready-to-reach effect C), second suggestive effect (for example, reach-to effect D), special suggestive effect (for example, ready-to-reach effect G), suggestive effect executing means (for example, effect control A portion where the CPU 120 executes the effect processing during variable display shown in FIG.
Before the effect result of the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect is notified, a special development effect can be executed as a first development pattern (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, super reach In the variable display of the fluctuation pattern of κ, the part where the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed from the execution of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D), the first suggesting effect or the second suggesting effect is executed. It is possible to execute a special development effect different from the special development effect as a second development pattern after being informed that the effect is not controlled to the advantageous state as a result of the effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-8, variations in super reach θ In the variable display of the pattern, after the variable display result (loss) is notified as the result of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, the ready-to-win effect G development notification effect is executed) development effect executing means (for example, effect control) A portion where the CPU 120 executes the effect processing during variable display shown in FIG.
with
The degree of expectation differs between the first suggestive effect and the second suggestive effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-30(C), the ready-to-win effect D has a higher degree of expectation for a big hit than the ready-to-win effect C),
The suggestion effect execution means is
When the first development pattern is executed by the development performance executing means, the special suggestion performance can be executed after the special development performance is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, super reach κ In the variable display of the fluctuation pattern, the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed from the execution of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, and further the ready-to-win effect I is executed),
When the second development pattern is executed by the development performance execution means, the special suggestive performance can be executed after the special development performance is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. In the variable display with the variation pattern of θ, after the variable display result (loss) is once notified as the result of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, the ready-to-win effect G development notification effect is executed, and the ready-to-win effect G is further executed. part),
When controlled to the advantageous state, the rate at which the special development effect is executed is higher than the rate at which the special development effect is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-6, the variable display result is In the case of a big hit, that is, when the big hit variation pattern determination table is selected, the determination ratio of the super reach κ jackpot variation pattern (PB1-9) in which the high expectation reach performance development notification performance is executed during the variable display is variable. A portion higher than the determination ratio of the variation pattern (PB1-7) of the super reach θ jackpot where the reach effect G development notification effect is executed during display),
The production period of the special development production is longer than the production period of the special development production (for example, the length of the execution period L7 of the high-expectation reach production development notification production is the length of the execution period of the ready-to-win production G development notification production. The part set longer than L8),
The special development effect is a first effect in which the visibility of the effect image is lowered (for example, a blackout effect shown in FIGS. 11-10 and 11-55) and an effect executed after the first effect. 11-10 and 11-55), and an effect that is executed after the second effect, the preceding stage A third effect (for example, the latter effect shown in FIGS. 11-10 and 11-55) in which the latter-stage information with a higher degree of emphasis than the information is visibly displayed,
The second development is higher than the first difference, which is the difference between the rate at which the first suggestive effect is executed in the first development pattern and the rate at which the second suggestive effect is performed in the first development pattern. A second difference, which is the difference between the rate at which the first suggestive effect is executed in the pattern and the rate at which the second suggestive effect is executed in the second development pattern, is smaller (for example, 11-30 ( As shown in D), before the performance result is reported as the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-reach performance D, the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance and the ready-to-reach performance I are executed. After the performance result is reported as performance C or ready-to-win performance D, the variable pattern of super reach θ in which the ready-to-reach performance G development reporting performance and the ready-to-reach performance G are executed are super ready-to-win κ when the variable display result is a big win. The difference between the rate at which the ready-to-win effect C is executed in the variable display of the variation pattern and the rate to execute the ready-to-win effect D is 60%, whereas the ready-to-win effect is performed in the variable display of the super reach θ variation pattern. The portion where the difference between the rate at which C is executed and the rate at which reach effect D is executed is 40%),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, depending on whether the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect is executed, it is the first development pattern in which the special development effect is executed, or the second development pattern in which the special development effect is executed. Since it becomes possible to guess whether it is, it is possible to make the player pay attention to which of the first suggesting effect and the second suggesting effect will be executed, so that the amusement of the game can be improved.

The present invention may include only the matters specifying the invention described in the claims of the present invention, or may include the matters specifying the invention described in the claims of the present invention as well as the matters specifying the invention other than the matters specifying the invention. It can be anything.

It is a front view of the pachinko game machine in this embodiment. It is a rear perspective view of the pachinko game machine in this embodiment. It is a configuration diagram showing various control boards and the like mounted in the pachinko game machine. It is a flow chart which shows an example of game control main processing. It is a flow chart showing an example of timer interrupt processing for game control. It is a flow chart which shows an example of special design process processing. FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a display result determination table; It is a figure which shows the numerical range of a jackpot in the variable display of the 1st special figure in a normal state or a time saving state, and the numerical range of loss with a time saving. It is a flow chart which shows an example of production control main processing. It is a flow chart which shows an example of production control process processing. (A) and (B) are diagrams illustrating an effect control command. FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing each random number; FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a display result determination table; (A) is a diagram showing a configuration example of a jackpot type determination table, and (B) is a diagram showing the contents of various jackpots. It is a figure which illustrates a fluctuation pattern. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between variable display results and variation patterns; It is a timing chart showing the production period in each variation pattern. It is a timing chart showing the production period in each variation pattern. It is a timing chart showing the production period in each variation pattern. (A) is a diagram showing the details of the effect when the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect is executed, and (B) is a diagram showing a comparison between the preceding effect and the latter effect. It is an explanatory view showing an image display device. It is explanatory drawing of the data holding area for game control. (A) is an explanatory diagram of an effect control data holding area, and (B) is an explanatory diagram of a reception command buffer at the time of start winning. It is a flow chart which shows an example of start winning a prize judging processing. 10 is a flow chart showing an example of winning random number determination processing. It is a flow chart which shows an example of special design normal processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of a fluctuation pattern setting process. It is a flow chart which shows an example of special design stop processing. It is a flow chart which shows an example of big hit end processing. 9 is a flow chart showing an example of pre-reading announcement effect setting processing. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing whether or not a pre-reading advance notice effect is executed and the determination ratio of the display pattern. 9 is a flowchart showing an example of variable display start setting processing; FIG. 11 is a flow chart showing an example of meter effect determination processing; FIG. (A) is a diagram showing the presence/absence of execution of a meter effect and the decision ratio of the effect pattern, and (B) is an explanatory diagram of each effect pattern. 4 is a timing chart showing first to fifth timings in each variation pattern; FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing an example of reach effect E development suggesting effect determination processing; FIG. FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an example of branch destination suggestion effect determination processing; FIG. (A) is a diagram showing whether or not a branch destination suggestive effect is executed and the decision ratio of the effect pattern, and (B) is an explanatory diagram of the effect pattern of the branch destination suggestive effect. FIG. 11 is a flow chart showing an example of reach effect G development suggesting effect determination processing; FIG. (A) is a diagram showing the ready-to-win effect determination ratio at the time of the big hit, (B) is a diagram showing the ready-to-win effect determination ratio at the time of losing, and (C) is a diagram showing a comparison between the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D. (D) is an explanatory diagram of the difference in determination ratios of the ready-to-reach effect C and the ready-to-win effect D in the variation pattern of the super reach θ and the variation pattern of the super reach κ at the time of the big hit, and (E) is a super It is an explanatory diagram of a difference in determination ratios of the ready-to-reach effect C and the ready-to-win effect D in the variation pattern of the reach θ and the variation pattern of the super reach κ. It is a flowchart which shows an example of a chance up production|presentation determination process. It is explanatory drawing of the execution possible period of the chance up production|presentation in each ready-to-win production|presentation. It is explanatory drawing of the production|presentation which can be performed as a chance up production|presentation. (A) to (D) are diagrams showing the presence or absence of execution of chance-up effects and production patterns in each ready-to-win production, and (E) and (F) are diagrams for explaining the production patterns of the chance-up production in each ready-to-reach production. be. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation aspect in the variable display of super reach. It is a figure which shows the image display apparatus in a modification. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a change rate of the display mode of active display in a modified example; FIG. 11 is a diagram showing the presence or absence of execution of a branch destination suggesting effect and the determination ratio of the effect pattern in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ in the modified example. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing whether or not a chance-up effect is executed and the determination ratio of the effect pattern in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ in the modified example. It is explanatory drawing of the length of revival production|presentation in a modification.

(Basic explanation)
First, the basic configuration and control of the pachinko game machine 1 (also the configuration and control of a general pachinko game machine) will be described.

(Structure of pachinko machine 1, etc.)
FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko game machine 1, showing the arrangement layout of the main members. A pachinko game machine (game machine) 1 is roughly composed of a game board (gauge board) 2 forming a game board surface and a game machine frame (underframe) 3 supporting and fixing the game board 2 . A game area is formed in the game board 2, and a game ball as a game medium is shot from a predetermined ball shooting device and hit into the game area.

The "variable display" of special symbols means, for example, that a plurality of types of special symbols are variably displayed (the same applies to other symbols described later). Variations include updating display of a plurality of patterns, scrolling display of a plurality of patterns, deformation of one or more patterns, enlargement/reduction of one or more patterns, and the like. In the variation of special symbols and normal symbols, which will be described later, a plurality of types of special symbols or normal symbols are updated and displayed. In the variation of decorative patterns, which will be described later, a plurality of types of decorative patterns are scrolled or updated, and one or more decorative patterns are deformed or enlarged/reduced. Note that the variation also includes a mode in which a certain symbol is displayed blinking. At the end of the variable display, a predetermined special symbol is stopped and displayed (also referred to as derivation or derivation display) as a display result (the same applies to variable display of other symbols to be described later). Variable display may be expressed as variable display or variation.

The special symbols variably displayed on the first special symbol display device 4A are also called "first special symbols", and the special symbols variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 4B are also called "second special symbols". Also, a special game using the first special game is called a "first special game", and a special game using the second special game is called a "second special game". In addition, the number of special symbol display devices that variably display the special symbols may be one.

An image display device 5 is provided near the center of the game area on the game board 2 . The image display device 5 is composed of, for example, an LCD (liquid crystal display) or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence), and displays various effects images. The image display device 5 may be composed of a projector and a screen. Various effect images are displayed on the image display device 5 .

For example, on the screen of the image display device 5, in synchronism with the first special game and the second special game, a plurality of types of decorative patterns (such as patterns showing numbers) as decoration identification information different from the special patterns. variable display is performed. Here, in synchronism with the first special game or the second special game, decorative symbols are variably displayed (for example, vertically direction scroll display and update display). It should be noted that the variable display of the special game and the decoration pattern that are executed in synchronization are also collectively referred to simply as the variable display.

A display area may be provided on the screen of the image display device 5 for displaying suspended display corresponding to the variable display whose execution is suspended and active display corresponding to the variable display being executed. Suspended display and active display are also collectively referred to as variable display corresponding display corresponding to variable display.

The number of variable representations that are reserved is also referred to as the number of reserved memories. The reserved memory number corresponding to the first special game is also referred to as the first reserved memory number, and the reserved memory number corresponding to the second special game is also referred to as the second reserved memory number. The sum of the first reserved memory number and the second reserved memory number is also referred to as the total reserved memory number.

At predetermined positions on the game board 2, a first suspension indicator 25A and a second suspension indicator 25B each including a plurality of LEDs are provided. The first pending display 25A displays the first pending memory number by the number of lit LEDs. The second pending display 25B displays the number of second pending memories according to the number of lit LEDs.

A winning ball device 6A is provided below the image display device 5, and a variable winning ball device 6B is provided on the right side of the winning ball device 6A.

Winning ball device 6A, for example, forms a first starting winning opening that is kept in a constant open state in which game balls can enter, for example, by a predetermined ball receiving member. When a game ball enters the first start winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls are paid out, and the first special game can be started.

The variable winning ball device 6B (ordinary electric accessory) forms a second starting winning hole that changes between a closed state and an open state by a solenoid 81 (see FIG. 3). The variable winning ball device 6B is provided with, for example, an electric tulip-shaped accessory having a pair of movable winglets. comes close to the winning ball device 6A, and the closed state in which the game balls do not enter the second starting winning opening (also referred to as the second starting winning opening being closed). On the other hand, the variable winning ball device 6B is in an open state in which the game ball can enter the second start winning opening (second start It is also said that the prize-winning mouth is open.). When the game ball enters the second start winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls are paid out, and the second special game can be started. Note that the variable winning ball device 6B may be any device that changes between a closed state and an open state, and is not limited to a device provided with an electric tulip-shaped accessory.

Predetermined positions of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, three positions on the lower left side of the game area and one position above the variable winning ball device 6B) are always kept in a constant open state by predetermined ball receiving members. A general winning opening 10 is provided. In this case, when the player enters one of the general winning openings 10, a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are paid out as prize balls.

A special variable winning ball device 7 having a large winning opening is provided between the winning ball device 6A and the variable winning ball device 6B. The special variable winning ball device 7 has a large winning opening door that is driven to open and close by a solenoid 82 (see FIG. 3). Form.

As an example, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the big winning door (for the special electric accessory) is in the OFF state, the big winning door closes the big winning door, and the game ball is pushed out. You will not be able to enter (pass through) the prize gate. On the other hand, in the special variable prize winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the special prize winning port door is in the ON state, the special prize winning port door opens the big prize winning port, making it easier for the game ball to enter the big prize winning port. Become.

When game balls enter the big winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, 14) of game balls are paid out as prize balls. When the game balls enter the big winning hole, more prize balls are paid out than when the game balls enter the first starting winning hole, the second starting winning hole and the general winning hole 10, for example.

Entering a game ball into each winning hole including the general winning hole 10 is also called "winning". In particular, winning a prize in a starting opening (first starting winning opening, second starting winning opening) is also referred to as starting winning.

A normal symbol display 20 is provided at a predetermined position of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, the left lower part of the game area). As an example, the normal symbol display device 20 is composed of a 7-segment LED or the like, and performs variable display of normal symbols as a plurality of types of normal identification information different from special symbols. The normal symbols are represented by numbers indicating "0" to "9", lighting patterns such as "-", and the like. The normal pattern may include a pattern in which all the LEDs are turned off. Such a variable display of normal patterns is also called a normal pattern game.

A passage gate 41 through which game balls can pass is provided on the right side of the image display device 5 . Based on the game ball passing through the passage gate 41, the normal game is executed.

Below the normal pattern display 20, a normal pattern holding display 25C is provided. The general pattern suspension display 25C includes, for example, four LEDs, and displays the normal pattern suspension storage number, which is the number of general pattern games whose execution is suspended, by the number of lit LEDs.

The surface of the game board 2 is provided with, in addition to the above configuration, a windmill for changing the flowing direction and speed of the game ball and a large number of obstacle nails. At the bottom of the game area, an out port is provided for taking in game balls that have not entered any of the winning ports.

Speakers 8L and 8R for reproducing and outputting sound effects and the like are provided at upper left and right positions of the frame 3 for a game machine. A main lamp 9a is provided above the image display device 5 in the game machine frame 3, and frame lamps 9b are provided to the left and right of the main lamp 9a so as to surround the game area. Furthermore, an attacker lamp 9c is provided at a position near the special variable winning ball device 7 on the game board 2. As shown in FIG.

At a predetermined position of the game board 2 (a position above the image display device 5 in FIG. 1), a movable body 32 that operates according to the performance is provided. Further, the movable body 32 is provided with a movable body lamp 9d. The movable body lamp 9d, the main lamp 9a, the frame lamp 9b, and the attacker lamp 9c are collectively referred to as a game effect lamp 9 in some cases. The main lamp 9a, the frame lamp 9b, the attacker lamp 9c, and the movable body lamp 9d include LEDs.

A ball hitting operation handle (operation knob) 30 operated by a player or the like to shoot a game ball toward the game area from the ball shooting device is provided at the lower right portion of the game machine frame 3 .

At a predetermined position of the game machine frame 3 below the game area, game balls paid out as prize balls and game balls lent from a predetermined ball lending machine are held (stored) so as to be supplied to the ball shooting device. ) is provided with a batted ball supply plate (upper plate). In addition to the upper tray, the gaming machine frame 3 may be provided with a payout portion (hit ball supply tray) from which prize balls are paid out when the upper tray is full.

A stick controller 31A that can be held and tilted by a player is attached to a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game area. The stick controller 31A is provided with a trigger button that can be pressed by the player. An operation on the stick controller 31A is detected by a controller sensor unit 35A (see FIG. 3).

At a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game area, there is provided a push button 31B that allows the player to perform a predetermined instruction operation such as a pressing operation. An operation on the push button 31B is detected by a push sensor 35B (see FIG. 3).

The pachinko game machine 1 is provided with a stick controller 31A and a push button 31B as detection means for detecting actions (operations, etc.) of the player, but detection means other than these may be provided.

FIG. 2 is a rear perspective view of the pachinko gaming machine 1. FIG. A main substrate 11 housed in a substrate case 201 is mounted on the back surface of the pachinko game machine 1. - 特許庁A setting key 51 and a setting switch 52 are provided on the main board 11 . The setting key 51 functions as a lock switch for switching to a setting change state or a setting confirmation state. The setting changeover switch 52 functions as a setting switch for changing set values such as the probability of winning a big hit and the rate of winning balls in the setting change state. The setting key 51 and the setting changeover switch 52 may be attached to the outside of the main board 11 , such as at a predetermined position on the power supply board 17 .

A display monitor 29 is arranged in the center of the back surface of the main board 11 , and a display changeover switch 31 is arranged on the side of the display monitor 29 . The display monitor 29 may be configured using, for example, a 7-segment LED display device. The display monitor 29 and the display changeover switch 31 are arranged in front of the main board 11 when viewing the back side of the game board 2 with the gaming machine frame 3 opened.

The display monitor 29 can display winning information such as consecutive ratios, role ratios, and bases. Consecutive ratio is the ratio of the number of prize balls in the big prize opening (attacker) to the total number of prize balls. The role ratio is the ratio of the total number of prize balls to the number of prize balls awarded to the second starting prize opening (electric chew) and the number of prize balls awarded to the large prize opening (attacker). The base is the ratio of the total number of prize balls to the number of game balls launched. The display monitor 29 can display the setting values in the pachinko game machine 1 when it is in the setting change state or the setting confirmation state. The display monitor 29 only needs to be able to display setting values to be changed or checked when in the setting change state or setting confirmation state.

The setting key 51 and the setting switch 52 cannot be operated from the front side of the pachinko game machine 1 when the game machine frame 3 is closed. A glass door frame 3a having a glass window is rotatably provided in the game machine frame 3, and the game area can be opened and closed by the glass door frame 3a. When the glass door frame 3a is closed, the game area can be seen through the glass window.

In the pachinko game machine 1, a security cover 50A is attached to the right end of the outer frame 1a formed in the shape of a vertically long rectangular frame. When the gaming machine frame 3 is closed, the security cover 50A covers the right side of the board case 201 including the setting keys 51 and the setting changeover switches 52 from the rear side. The security cover 50A is a substantially L-shaped member including short pieces 50Aa and long pieces 50Ab, and may be made of transparent synthetic resin.

(Overview of Game Progress)
A game ball is shot toward a game area by a player's rotating operation of a ball-hitting operation handle 30 provided in the pachinko game machine 1 . When the game ball passes through the passage gate 41, the normal pattern display device 20 starts the normal pattern game. In addition, when the game ball passes through the passage gate 41 during the period during the execution of the previous normal game (when the game ball passes through the passage gate 41 but the normal game based on the passage cannot be executed immediately) , the normal game based on the passage is suspended up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4).

In this normal pattern game, if a specific normal pattern (normal pattern per pattern) is stopped and displayed, the display result of the normal pattern becomes "normal pattern per pattern". On the other hand, if a normal pattern (normal pattern lost pattern) other than the normal pattern winning pattern is stop-displayed as the fixed normal pattern, the display result of the normal pattern becomes "normal pattern lost". When it comes to "normal game", the variable winning ball device 6B is opened for a predetermined period of time and the opening control is performed (the second start winning opening is opened).

When a game ball enters the first starting winning hole formed in the winning ball device 6A, the first special symbol game by the first special symbol display device 4A is started.

When the game ball enters the second starting winning hole formed in the variable winning ball device 6B, the second special symbol game by the second special symbol display device 4B is started.

In addition, when the game ball enters (wins) the start winning opening during the period during which the special game is running or during the period when it is controlled to the jackpot game state described later (starting winning occurs, but it is based on the starting winning If the special game cannot be executed immediately), the execution of the special game based on the entry is suspended up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4).

In the special symbol game, if a specific special symbol (a big hit symbol, for example, "7", the actual symbol differs depending on the type of the big hit described below) is stopped and displayed as a fixed special symbol, it becomes a "big win" and a big winning symbol. If a special symbol (losing symbol, for example, "-") is stopped and displayed, it becomes "missing". Incidentally, the "loss" in the pachinko game machine 1 includes a "time-saving loss" that is controlled from the next variable display to a high base state (time-saving state) without going through the big win game.

After the display result in the special game becomes "big win", the game is controlled to a big win game state as an advantageous state for the player.

In the jackpot game state, the jackpot formed by the special variable winning ball device 7 is opened in a predetermined manner. The open state is the timing of the elapse of a predetermined period (for example, 29 seconds or 1.8 seconds) and the timing until the number of game balls entering the big winning opening reaches a predetermined number (for example, 9). It will continue until whichever comes first. The predetermined period is an upper limit period during which the big winning slot can be opened in one round, and is hereinafter also referred to as an upper limit opening period. One cycle in which the big winning opening is opened in this way is called a round (round game). In the jackpot game state, the round can be repeatedly executed until it reaches a predetermined upper limit number of times (15 times or 2 times).

In the jackpot game state, the player can get a prize ball by entering the game ball into the big winning hole. Therefore, the jackpot gaming state is an advantageous state for the player. The larger the number of rounds in the jackpot game state and the longer the upper limit period of opening, the more advantageous the player is.

In addition, a jackpot type is set in the "jackpot". For example, multiple types of opening modes (number of rounds and upper limit period of opening) of the big winning opening and game states after the jackpot game state (normal state, time saving state, variable probability state, etc.) are prepared, and the jackpot type is set according to these It is As the jackpot types, there may be provided a jackpot type with which many prize balls can be obtained, a jackpot type with few prize balls, or a jackpot type with which few prize balls can be obtained.

After the jackpot game state is finished, depending on the jackpot type, it may be controlled to a time-saving state or a variable probability state.

In the time saving state, the control (time saving control) that shortens the average special figure fluctuation time (period of varying the special figure) than the normal state is executed. In the time-saving state, by shortening the average normal figure fluctuation time (the period during which the normal figure is changed) than in the normal state, and by improving the probability of becoming a "normal figure hit" in the general figure game than in the normal state, etc. Control (high opening control, high base control) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the second start winning opening is also executed. Since the time-saving state is a state in which the variation efficiency of the special symbols (especially the second special symbols) is improved, it is an advantageous state for the player.

In the variable probability state (probability variable state), in addition to the time-saving control, the variable probability control in which the probability that the display result is a "jackpot" is higher than in the normal state is executed. The variable probability state is a state in which the variation efficiency of the special symbols is improved, and in addition, a "big hit" is likely to occur, so it is a further advantageous state for the player.

The time saving state and the variable probability state are continued until one of the end conditions such as execution of the special game for a predetermined number of times and start of the next big win game state is established first. The end condition that the special figure game of a predetermined number of times has been executed is also referred to as a number cut (number cut time reduction, number cut probability variable, etc.).

The normal state means a game state other than a special state such as an advantageous state such as a jackpot game state that is advantageous to the player, a time saving state, a variable probability state, etc., and the display result in the normal game is "normal game". The pachinko gaming machine 1, such as the probability and the probability that the display result in the special game will be a "jackpot", returns to the initial setting state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 (for example, a predetermined return after power-on, such as when the system is reset) It is the state controlled in the same way as when processing is not executed).

The state in which probability variable control is executed is also called a high probability state, and the state in which probability variable control is not executed is also called a low probability state. A state in which time-saving control is performed is also referred to as a high-based state, and a state in which time-saving control is not performed is also referred to as a low-based state. Combining these, the short-time state is also called a low-probability-high base state, the probability-variable state is a high-probability-high base state, and the normal state is a low-probability-low base state. The high probability state and the low base state are also referred to as the high probability low base state.

In addition, the game state may change based on the fact that the game ball has passed through a specific area (for example, a specific area within the big winning opening) during the jackpot game state. For example, when the game ball passes through the specific area, it may be controlled to the probability variable state after the big hit game state.
(Progress of production, etc.)

In the pachinko gaming machine 1, various effects (effects such as notifying the progress of the game and exciting the game) are executed according to the progress of the game. The production will be described below. The effect is performed by displaying various effect images on the image display device 5. In addition to or instead of the display, sound output from the speakers 8L and 8R and the game effect lamp 9 are provided. lighting or extinguishing, the movement of the movable body 32, or a performance using any performance device including a part or all of these.

As an effect executed according to the progress of the game, in the “left”, “middle”, and “right” decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, 5R provided on the image display device 5, the first special game or the second In response to the start of the 2 special figure game, the variable display of the decoration pattern is started. At the timing when the display result (also called fixed special pattern) is stopped and displayed in the first special game or the second special game, a fixed decorative pattern (combination of three decorative patterns), which is the display result of variable display of decorative patterns, is displayed. ) is also stopped (derived).

During the period from the start of the variable display of the decorative design to the end of the variable display, the variable display of the decorative design may be in a predetermined ready-to-win state (ready-to-win state is established). Here, the ready-to-win mode means that when the decorative symbols stopped and displayed on the screen of the image display device 5 constitute a part of the jackpot combination described later, the decorative symbols that are not stopped and displayed are displayed in a variable manner. It is the aspect that is continuing.

Further, a ready-to-win effect is executed in response to the above-described ready-to-win mode during the variable display of decorative symbols. In the pachinko gaming machine 1, the ratio of the display result (the display result of the special game or the display result of the variable display of the decoration pattern) to the "big win" (also called the "big win reliability" or "big win expectation") depends on the performance mode. A plurality of different types of ready-to-win effects are executed. The ready-to-win performance includes, for example, a normal reach and a super-to-win with higher reliability than the normal reach.

When the display result of the special game is a "big hit", a fixed decorative pattern that is a predetermined big hit combination is derived as a display result of the variable display of decorative patterns on the screen of the image display device 5 (decoration The display result of the variable display of the pattern becomes a "jackpot"). As an example, the same decoration patterns (for example, "7" etc.) are stop-displayed together on predetermined effective lines in the "left", "middle" and "right" decoration pattern display areas 5L, 5C and 5R. .

In the case of a ``variable probability big hit'' controlled to a variable probability state after the end of the big win game state, odd decorative patterns (for example, "7" etc.) are stopped and displayed together, and the variable probability state is entered after the end of the big win game state. In the case of an uncontrolled "non-probability variable jackpot (normal jackpot)", even-numbered decorative symbols (for example, "6") may be stopped and displayed together. In this case, odd-numbered decorative patterns are also called probability variable patterns and even-numbered decorative patterns are also called non-probable variable patterns (normal patterns). After becoming a ready-to-win mode with non-probability variation symbols, a promotion performance may be executed to finally become a "probability variation big hit".

When the display result of the special game is "lost", the variable display mode of the decorative pattern does not become the ready-to-win mode, and the fixed decorative pattern of the non-reach combination (" (Also referred to as non-reach lost") may be stopped (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern becomes "non-reach lost"). In addition, when the display result is "lost", after the mode of variable display of decorative patterns becomes the ready-to-win mode, the display result of variable display of decorative patterns is a predetermined ready-to-win combination ("no reach") that is not a big hit combination. ”) is stopped and displayed (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern becomes “reach lost”).

The effects that can be executed by the pachinko gaming machine 1 include displaying the variable display corresponding display (suspended display and active display). In addition, as other effects, for example, a notice effect for notifying the reliability of the big hit is executed during the variable display of the decorative symbols. The notice effect includes a notice effect for notifying the reliability of the big win in the variable display during execution and a pre-reading notice effect for notifying the reliability of the big win in the variable display before execution (variable display whose execution is suspended). As the pre-reading advance notice effect, an effect of changing the display mode of the display corresponding to variable display (suspended display or active display) to a mode different from normal may be executed.

Also, in the image display device 5, the decorative patterns are temporarily stopped during the variable display of the decorative patterns, and then the variable display is restarted, so that one variable display is simulated as a plurality of variable displays. A pseudo continuous effect may be executed.

During the big winning game state, the performance during the big winning is executed to report the big winning game state. As the effect during the big win, the effect of notifying the number of rounds or the promotion effect indicating that the value of the big win game state is improved may be executed.

Further, for example, when a special game or the like is not being executed, a demonstration (demonstration) image is displayed on the image display device 5 (customer waiting demonstration effect is executed).

(Substrate configuration)
The pachinko game machine 1 is equipped with a main board 11, an effect control board 12, a sound control board 13, a lamp control board 14, a relay board 15, etc., as shown in FIG. In addition, various substrates such as a payout control substrate, an information terminal substrate, and a launch control substrate are arranged on the back surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1 . Furthermore, a power supply board 17 is also mounted. Various control boards are not only electronic circuit boards such as printed wiring boards on which conductive patterns are formed and on which electrical components can be mounted, but are also configured to implement specific electrical functions by mounting electrical components on electronic circuit boards. It is a concept that includes an electronic circuit mounting board that has been manufactured.

A power switch 91 is connected to the power supply board 17 , and by operating the power switch 91 (turning it on), power from an alternating current power supply such as AC 100 V in an external power supply such as a commercial power supply is switched to the power supply board 17 . It can be supplied to electrical parts including various control boards such as the main board 11 and the effect control board 12. The power supply board 17 includes, for example, a rectifier circuit for converting alternating current (AC) into direct current (DC), a power circuit for converting a predetermined DC voltage into a specific DC voltage (eg, 12 V DC or 5 V DC), and the like. I have.

The main board 11 is a control board on the main side, and the progress of the above-mentioned games in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (execution of a special game (including management of suspension), execution of a general-purpose game (including management of suspension), jackpot game state, game state, etc.). The main board 11 has a game control microcomputer 100, a switch circuit 110, a solenoid circuit 111, and the like.

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, and includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, and a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103. , a random number circuit 104 and an I/O (Input/Output port) 105 .

The CPU 103 executes a program stored in the ROM 101 to perform processing for controlling the progress of the game (processing for realizing the functions of the main substrate 11). At this time, various data stored in the ROM 101 (variation patterns described later, effect control commands described later, data such as various tables referred to when making various decisions described later) are used, and the RAM 102 is used as the main memory. . The RAM 102 is a backup RAM that retains stored contents for a predetermined period of time even if the power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is stopped in part or in its entirety. All or part of the program stored in the ROM 101 may be developed in the RAM 102 and executed on the RAM 102 .

The random number circuit 104 counts updatably numerical data representing various random numbers (game random numbers) used to control the progress of the game. The game random numbers may be updated (updated by software) when the CPU 103 executes a predetermined computer program.

The I/O 105 includes, for example, an input port to which various signals (detection signals to be described later) are input, various signals (first special symbol display device 4A, second special symbol display device 4B, normal symbol display device 20, first reservation It includes an output port for transmitting a signal for controlling (driving) the indicator 25A, the second hold indicator 25B, the normal figure hold indicator 25C, and a solenoid drive signal).

The switch circuit 110 receives detection signals from various switches for game ball detection (gate switch 21, starter switch (first starter switch 22A and second starter switch 22B), count switch 23) (when a game ball passes or A detection signal indicating that the switch has been turned on by entering) is captured and transmitted to the game control microcomputer 100. The transmission of the detection signal means that the passage or entry of the game ball has been detected.

The switch circuit 110 takes in a reset signal, a power-off signal, and a clear signal from the power board 17 and transmits them to the game control microcomputer 100 . The reset signal is an operation stop signal for stopping the operation of the control circuit such as the game control microcomputer 100, and can be output using either the power supply monitoring circuit, the IC with built-in watchdog timer, or the system reset IC. I wish I had. The power-off signal turns off when a predetermined power supply voltage used in the pachinko game machine 1 exceeds a predetermined value, and turns on when the period in which the predetermined power supply voltage is equal to or less than the predetermined value continues for a power-off reference time or longer. Become. The clear signal is turned on, for example, when a clear switch 92 provided on the power supply board 17 is pressed.

Solenoid circuit 111, a solenoid drive signal from the game control microcomputer 100 (for example, a signal to turn on the solenoid 81 and the solenoid 82), to the solenoid 81 for normal electric accessories and the solenoid 82 for the big winning entrance door transmit.

A display monitor 29 , a display changeover switch 31 , a setting key 51 , a setting changeover switch 52 , and a door open sensor 90 are connected to the main board 11 . The door open sensor 90 detects opening of the gaming machine frame 3 including the glass door frame 3a.

The main board 11 (game control microcomputer 100), as part of the control of the progress of the game, produces a production control command (a command to specify (notify) the progress of the game, etc.) according to the progress of the game. 12. The effect control command output from the main board 11 is relayed by the relay board 15 and supplied to the effect control board 12. - 特許庁The effect control command includes, for example, various determination results on the main board 11 (for example, the display result of the special game (including the jackpot type), the variation pattern used when executing the special game (details will be described later). )), game status (for example, start and end of variable display, opening status of big winning slots, occurrence of winning, number of reserved memories, game status), commands specifying error occurrence, and the like.

The effect control board 12 is a sub-side control board independent of the main board 11, receives the effect control command, and produces effects based on the received effect control command (various effects according to the progress of the game, (including various notifications such as driving of the movable body 32, error notification, power failure recovery notification, etc.).

The performance control board 12 is equipped with a performance control CPU 120, a ROM 121, a RAM 122, a display control section 123, a random number circuit 124, and an I/O 125.

The effect control CPU 120 executes a program stored in the ROM 121 to execute a process for executing the effect together with the display control unit 123 (a process for realizing the above function of the effect control board 12, and the effect to be executed (including the decision, etc.). At this time, various data (data such as various tables) stored in the ROM 121 are used, and the RAM 122 is used as a main memory.

The effect control CPU 120 displays the execution of the effect based on the detection signal from the controller sensor unit 35A and the push sensor 35B (a signal that is output when an operation by the player is detected and appropriately indicates the operation content). The controller 123 may also be instructed.

The display control unit 123 includes a VDP (Video Display Processor), a CGROM (Character Generator ROM), a VRAM (Video RAM), etc., and executes an effect based on an effect execution instruction from the effect control CPU 120 .

The display control unit 123 causes the image display device 5 to display a performance image by supplying a video signal corresponding to the performance to be executed to the image display device 5 based on the performance execution instruction from the performance control CPU 120 . The display control unit 123 further supplies a sound designation signal (a signal designating the sound to be output) to the sound control board 13 in order to output sound synchronized with the display of the effect image and turn on/off the game effect lamp 9 . Also, it supplies a lamp signal (a signal specifying the lighting/extinguishing mode of the lamp) to the lamp control board 14 . Further, the display control unit 123 supplies a signal for operating the movable body 32 to the movable body 32 or a driving circuit for driving the movable body 32 .

The audio control board 13 is equipped with various circuits for driving the speakers 8L and 8R, drives the speakers 8L and 8R based on the sound designation signal, and outputs the sound designated by the sound designation signal from the speakers 8L and 8R. Let

The lamp control board 14 is equipped with various circuits for driving the game effect lamp 9, drives the game effect lamp 9 based on the lamp signal, and turns on/off the game effect lamp 9 in a manner specified by the lamp signal. do. In this manner, the display control unit 123 controls sound output and lighting/extinguishing of the lamp.

The effect control CPU 120 executes voice output, lamp lighting/extinguishing control (supply of sound designation signals and lamp signals, etc.), and control of the movable body 32 (supply of signals for operating the movable body 32, etc.). You may do so.

The random number circuit 124 counts updatably numerical data indicating various random numbers (random numbers for effects) used for executing various effects. The effect random number may be updated by effect control CPU 120 executing a predetermined computer program (updated by software).

I / O 125 mounted on the production control board 12 has an input port for taking in production control commands transmitted from, for example, the main board 11, and various signals (video signal, sound designation signal, lamp signal). and an output port of

Boards other than the main board 11, such as the effect control board 12, the sound control board 13, and the lamp control board 14, are also called sub-boards. A plurality of sub-boards may be provided for each function as in the pachinko game machine 1, or one sub-board may be configured to have a plurality of functions.

(motion)
Next, the operation (action) of the pachinko game machine 1 will be described.

(Major operations of the main substrate 11)
First, main operations in the main board 11 will be described. When power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is started, the game control microcomputer 100 is activated, and the CPU 103 executes the game control main process. FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing game control main processing executed by the CPU 103 on the main substrate 11. As shown in FIG.

In the game control main process shown in FIG. 4, the CPU 103 first sets interrupt prohibition (step S1). Subsequently, necessary initial settings are performed (step S2). Initial settings include stack pointer setting, internal device register setting (CTC (counter/timer circuit), parallel input/output port, etc.), setting to make RAM 102 accessible, and the like.

Next, it is determined whether or not the recovery condition is satisfied (step S3). The recovery condition can be satisfied when the clear signal is in the OFF state, there is backup data, and the backup RAM is normal. When the power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is started, for example, if a clear switch provided on the power supply board 17 is pressed, a clear signal in an ON state is input to the game control microcomputer 100 . If such an on-state clear signal is input, it may be determined in step S3 that the restoration condition is not established. It is sufficient that the backup data can be stored in the RAM 102 serving as a backup RAM for game control. In step S3, the presence or absence of backup data, the presence or absence of data errors, etc. may be confirmed or inspected to determine whether or not the recovery condition can be established.

If the restoration condition is satisfied (step S3; Yes), after executing the restoration process (step S4), the setting confirmation process (step S5) is executed. The work area is set based on the contents stored in the RAM 102 by the recovery process in step S4. By setting the work area using the backup data stored in the RAM 102, the game state when the power supply is stopped can be restored. It is sufficient if the pattern variation can be restarted.

If the recovery condition is not satisfied (step S3; No), the initialization process (step S6) is performed, and then the setting change process (step S7) is performed. The initialization processing in step S6 includes clear processing for clearing the flags, counters, and buffers stored in the RAM 102, and initial values are set in the work area by executing the clear processing.

In the setting confirmation process of step S5, it is determined whether or not a predetermined setting confirmation condition is satisfied. The setting confirmation condition is established, for example, when the detection signal from the door opening sensor 90 is ON and the setting key 51 is ON when the power supply is started. The setting confirmation process of step S5 is executed when the recovery condition including the clear signal being in the OFF state is satisfied in step S3. Therefore, since the setting confirmation condition can be satisfied only when the clear signal is in the OFF state, the fact that the clear signal is in the OFF state can also be included in the setting confirmation condition.

When the setting confirmation condition is satisfied in the setting confirmation process of step S5, the setting confirmation state is entered in which the setting value set in the pachinko game machine 1 can be confirmed, and the main board 11 sets the performance control board 12. A confirmation start command is sent. In the setting confirmation state, the setting values set in the pachinko game machine 1 can be confirmed by the display on the display monitor 29 . When ending the setting confirmation state, a setting confirmation end command is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 .

When the pachinko game machine 1 is in the setting confirmation state, the pachinko game machine 1 may be in a game stop state to stop the progress of the game. When the game is in the stopped state, shooting of game balls by operating the batted ball operation handle, detection of game balls by various switches, etc. are stopped, and the first special symbol display device 4A, the second special symbol display device 4B, and the normal symbols are stopped. The display device 20 may be controlled so as to stop display of the winning symbols or the like, or display corresponding to the game stop state different from the losing symbols. When the setting confirmation state ends, the game stop state associated therewith should also end.

In the setting change process of step S7, it is determined whether or not a predetermined setting change condition is satisfied. The setting change condition is satisfied, for example, when the detection signal from the door opening sensor 90 is in the ON state and the setting key 51 is turned ON when power supply is started. The setting change condition may include that the clear signal is on.

When the setting change condition is satisfied in the setting change process of step S7, the setting change state is set in which the setting value set in the pachinko game machine 1 can be changed, and the main board 11 sets to the effect control board 12. A change start command is sent. In the setting change state, the setting values are displayed on the display monitor 29, and each time the operation of the setting changeover switch 52 is detected, the numerical values displayed on the display monitor 29 are sequentially updated and displayed. After that, when the setting key 51 is turned off by an operation by a game hall staff member or the like, the setting value displayed on the display monitor 29 is stored (updated) in the backup area of the RAM 102, and the display monitor 29 is updated. turn off the When ending the setting change state, a setting change end command is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 .

When the pachinko game machine 1 is in the setting change state, the pachinko game machine 1 may be put in the game stop state as in the setting confirmation state. When the setting change state ends, the game stop state associated therewith should also end.

On the effect control board 12 side, when a setting confirmation start command or a setting change start command is received, control may be performed to notify that the setting is being checked or that the setting is being changed. For example, a predetermined image may be displayed on the image display device 5, a predetermined sound may be output from the speakers 8L and 8R, or a light-emitting member such as the game effect lamp 9 may emit light in a predetermined manner.

The clear signal is turned on by pressing a clear switch provided on the power supply board 17, for example. Therefore, if the detection signal from the door opening sensor 90 is on and the setting key 51 is on when the power supply is started, and if the clear switch is on, the initialization process of step S6 and the step The setting change process of S7 is executed to enable control to the setting change state, and if the clear switch is off, the setting confirmation process of step S5 is executed together with the recovery process of step S4 to enable control to the setting confirmation state. If the detection signal from the door opening sensor 90 is off when the power supply is started, or if the setting key 51 is off, and if the clear switch is on, the initialization process of step S6 is executed. On the other hand, it is not controlled to the setting change state, and if the clear switch is off, the recovery processing of step S4 is executed, but it is not controlled to the setting confirmation state.

After executing the setting confirmation process or the setting change process, the CPU 103 executes a random number circuit setting process for initializing the random number circuit 104 (step S8). Then, the register of the CTC built in the game control microcomputer 100 is set so that the timer interrupt is periodically applied every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms) (step S9), and the interrupt is permitted (step S10 ). After that, loop processing is entered. Thereafter, an interrupt request signal is sent from the CTC to the CPU 103 at predetermined time intervals (for example, 2 ms), and the CPU 103 can periodically execute timer interrupt processing.

When the CPU 103 that has executed such game control main processing receives an interrupt request signal from the CTC and accepts the interrupt request, it executes the game control timer interrupt processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. When the game control timer interrupt process shown in FIG. It is determined whether or not detection signals have been received from various switches such as the switch 22B and the count switch 23 (step S21). Subsequently, by executing predetermined main-side error processing, an abnormality diagnosis of the pachinko game machine 1 is performed, and a warning can be generated if necessary according to the diagnosis result (step S22). After that, by executing a predetermined information output process, for example, jackpot information (information indicating the number of occurrences of jackpots, etc.), start information (start Data such as information indicating the number of wins, etc.), probability change information (information indicating the number of times the odd state has occurred, etc.) is output (step S23).

Following the information output process, a game random number update process for updating at least part of the game random numbers used on the main board 11 side by software is executed (step S24). After that, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol process (step S25). By the CPU 103 executing the special symbol process processing for each timer interrupt, execution and suspension management of the special symbol game, control of the jackpot game state, control of the game state, and the like are realized.

Following the special symbol process, the normal symbol process is executed (step S26). The CPU 103 executes normal symbol process processing for each timer interrupt, thereby managing the execution and suspension of the normal symbol game based on the detection signal from the gate switch 21 (based on the game ball passing through the passage gate 41), It is possible to control the opening of the variable winning ball device 6B based on the "normal game hit". The execution of the normal pattern game is performed by driving the normal pattern display device 20, and the normal pattern reservation number is displayed by lighting the normal pattern reservation display device 25C.

After executing the normal symbol process processing, as part of the game control timer interrupt processing, processing when power failure occurs, processing for paying out prize balls, and the like may be performed. After that, the CPU 103 executes command control processing (step S27). The CPU 103 may transmit and set an effect control command in each of the processes described above. In the command control process of step S27, a process of transmitting the effect control command set for transmission to the sub-side control board such as the effect control board 12 is performed. After executing the command control process, after permitting the interrupt, the game control timer interrupt process is terminated.

FIG. 6 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S25 shown in FIG. 5 as the special symbol process process. In this special symbol process process, the CPU 103 first executes a starting winning determination process (step S101).

In the starting winning determination process, the occurrence of starting winning is detected, and the process of storing the pending information in a predetermined area of the RAM 102 and updating the pending storage number is executed. When a starting prize is generated, a random number value for determining the display result (including the jackpot type) and the variation pattern is extracted and stored as pending information. Further, based on the extracted random number value, a process of pre-reading and judging the display result and the variation pattern may be executed. After storing the pending information and the number of pending memories, the transmission setting for transmitting the effect control command for specifying the determination result such as the occurrence of the start winning, the number of pending memories, and the prefetch determination is performed on the effect control board 12. will be The effect control command at the time of starting winning thus set to be transmitted is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 by, for example, executing the command control process of step S27 shown in FIG. is transmitted to

After executing the starting prize determination process in step S101, the CPU 103 selects and executes one of the processes of steps S110 to S120 according to the value of the special figure process flag provided in the RAM102. In addition, in each process (steps S110 to S120) of the special symbol process process, transmission setting for transmitting the effect control command corresponding to each process to the effect control board 12 is performed.

The special symbol normal process of step S110 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "0" (initial value). In this special symbol normal process, it is determined whether or not to start the first special symbol game or the second special symbol game based on the presence or absence of pending information. In addition, in the special symbol normal processing, based on the random number value for determining the display result, whether or not the display result of the special symbol or the decorative symbol is to be a "big hit" and the type of the big hit in the case of a "big hit" are determined by the display result. is determined (predetermined) before is derived and displayed. Furthermore, in the special symbol normal process, a fixed special symbol (either a big hit symbol or a losing symbol) to be stopped and displayed in the special symbol game is set according to the determined display result. After that, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "1", and the special symbol normal process ends. In addition, the special figure game using the second special figure may be executed with priority over the special figure game using the first special figure (also called special figure 2 priority digestion). Also, the winning order of the game balls to the first start winning opening and the second starting winning opening may be stored, and the start condition of the special game may be established in the order of winning (also called winning order).

When making various decisions based on random numbers, various tables stored in the ROM 101 (tables in which decision values to be compared with random numbers are assigned to decision results) are referred to. Other decisions on the main board 11 and various decisions on the effect control board 12 are the same. Various tables are stored in the ROM 121 of the effect control board 12 .

The variation pattern setting process of step S111 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "1". This variation pattern setting process includes a process of determining one of a plurality of variation patterns using a random number value for determining the variation pattern based on the result of pre-determination of whether or not the display result is a "big hit". It is included. In the variation pattern setting process, when the variation pattern is determined, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "2", and the variation pattern setting process ends.

The variation pattern is the execution time of the special game (special figure fluctuation time) (also the execution time of variable display of decorative patterns), the form of variable display of decorative patterns (whether or not there is a reach, etc.), and the variable display of decorative patterns. It specifies the content of the production (type of reach production, etc.), and is also called a variable display pattern.

The special symbol variation process of step S112 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "2". This special symbol variation processing includes a process of setting for varying the special symbols in the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B, and the elapsed time after the special symbol starts to vary. It includes processing to measure Also, it is determined whether or not the measured elapsed time has reached the special figure variation time corresponding to the variation pattern. Then, when the elapsed time from the start of the special symbol variation reaches the special symbol variation time, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "3", and the special symbol variation processing ends.

The special symbol stop processing of step S113 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "3". In this special symbol stop processing, the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B stop the variation of the special symbol, and stop display (derivate) the fixed special symbol which is the display result of the special symbol. It includes a process to set for Then, when the display result is "big hit", the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "4". When the display result is "missing", when it is controlled in the time saving state or the variable probability state, and when the end of the number of cuts is established, the game state is also updated. When the value of the special figure process flag is updated, the special symbol stop processing ends.

The jackpot opening preprocessing of step S114 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "4". This jackpot opening pre-processing includes processing for making settings for starting the execution of the round in the jackpot game state and opening the jackpot, based on the fact that the display result is "jackpot". is When opening the big winning opening, a process of supplying a solenoid driving signal to the solenoid 82 for the big winning opening door is executed. At this time, for example, an upper limit opening period for opening the big winning opening and an upper limit execution number of rounds are set according to the type of the jackpot. When these settings are completed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "5", and the big hit opening pretreatment is completed.

The process during jackpot opening of step S115 is performed when the value of a special figure process flag is "5". In this process during the opening of the big win, there is a process of measuring the elapsed time from opening the big winning hole, and based on the measured elapsed time and the number of game balls detected by the count switch 23, the big winning hole is counted. It includes processing for determining whether or not it is time to return from the open state to the closed state. Then, when returning the large winning opening to the closed state, after executing processing such as stopping the supply of the solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the large winning opening door, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "6", The process during jackpot opening is terminated.

The jackpot opening post-processing of step S116 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "6". This jackpot opening post-processing includes processing for determining whether or not the number of executions of rounds in which the jackpot is opened has reached a set upper limit number of executions, and processing for judging whether or not the number of executions of rounds in which the jackpot is opened has reached a set upper limit number of executions. It includes processing to make settings for terminating . Then, when the number of executions of the round has not reached the upper limit number of executions, the value of the special process flag is updated to "5", while when the number of executions of the round reaches the upper limit number of executions, the special process flag The value is updated to "7". When the value of the special figure process flag is updated, the jackpot release post-processing ends.

The jackpot end processing of step S117 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "7". This jackpot end processing includes a process of waiting until a waiting time corresponding to a period in which an ending production is executed as a production operation for notifying the end of the jackpot game state, and a probability change corresponding to the end of the jackpot game state. It includes processing for performing various settings for starting control and time saving control. When such setting is performed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0", and the jackpot ending process ends.

The pachinko game machine 1 is configured such that the probability of winning a jackpot and the rate of winning balls are changed according to the set value. For example, in the special symbol normal processing of the special symbol process processing, by using the display result determination table (winning probability) according to the set value, the probability of winning a big hit and the rate of winning balls are changed. For example, the setting value consists of 6 stages from 1 to 6, and 6 is the highest probability of winning the big win, and the probability of winning the big win decreases in the order of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 as the value decreases. In this example, when 6 is set as the setting value, the advantage for the player is the highest, and the lower the value in the order of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, the lower the advantage in stages. . If the winning probability of the big win changes according to the set value, the ball payout rate may also change according to the set value. While the winning probability of the big win is constant regardless of the set value, the number of rounds in the big win game state may change according to the set value. The pachinko game machine 1 may be configured so as to be able to set one of a plurality of set values with different degrees of advantage for the player. The set values set in the pachinko game machine 1 are notified by transmitting a set value designation command from the main board 11 side to the effect control board 12 side.

FIG. 7 shows a configuration example of a display result determination table. Figure 7 (A) shows a configuration example of the display result determination table for the first special figure used when the variation special figure is the first special figure, and Figure 7 (B) shows that the variation special figure is the second special figure It shows a configuration example of the display result determination table for the second special figure used when it is a figure. A display result determination table is a collection of data stored in the ROM 101 . In the display result determination table, the hit determination value compared with the random number MR1 is assigned to the special symbol display result, which is the variable display result of the special symbol, according to the set value. The random number MR1 is a random number for determining the display result, and the value is randomly updated within the range of 0-65535. As the display result determination table, a common display result determination table may be used for the first special figure and the second special figure.

As shown in FIG. 7 (A), when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 1 and when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, in the range of 0 to 65535 It is a numerical value that can take a value, and among the hit judgment values that are compared with the random number MR1 for special figure display result judgment, 1020 to 1237 are assigned to "big hit", and 65317 to 65535 are "with time saving "missing" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing". In addition, when the set value is 1 and the game state is a variable probability state, among the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1346 are assigned to "big hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "miss" assigned. It should be noted that when the variable special figure is set to 2 to 6 in the first special figure and the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, it is as shown in FIG. 7(A).

As shown in FIG. 7 (B), when the fluctuation special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 1, and if the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, in the range of 0 to 65535 It is a numerical value that can take a value, and among the hit judgment values compared with the random number MR1 for special figure display result judgment, 1020 to 1237 are assigned to "big hit", and 65317 to 65425 are "with time saving "missing" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing". In addition, when the set value is 1 and the game state is a variable probability state, among the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1346 are assigned to "big hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "miss" assigned. In addition, for the case where the variable special figure has a set value of 2 to 6 in the second special figure and the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, it is as shown in FIG. 7(B).

Here, focusing on the numerical range of the hit determination value assigned to "big hit" or "loss with time saving" in each display result determination table, as shown in FIG. In the first special figure display result determination table, the range from 1020 to 1237 of the hit determination values is set to the common numerical range of the big hit determination values for determining the big hit regardless of the set value.

In addition, when the set value is 1, only the common numerical range of the jackpot determination value for judging the jackpot is set (1020 to 1237 are assigned to the "jackpot"), while the set value 2 In the case of set value 6, a numerical range corresponding to each set value from 1238 is set as a non-common numerical range of the big hit determination value so as to be continuous from the common numerical range of the big hit determination value. The non-common numerical range of this jackpot determination value is the range of 1238 to 1253 for setting value 2, the range from 1238 to 1272 for setting value 3, the range from 1238 to 1292 for setting value 4, and the range from 1238 to 1317 for setting value 5. , and set value 6 are set in the range of 1238 to 1346, respectively.

That is, in the first special figure display result determination table when the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, if the setting value is 1, the hit determination value that can take a value in the range of 0 to 65535, common While only numbers within the numerical range (1020-1237) are assigned to the "jackpot", if the set value is 2 or more, the non-common numerical range is added to the common numerical range among the jackpot determination values. A number within the range is assigned to the "jackpot". Furthermore, the non-common numerical range increases from 1238 as the set value increases.

For this reason, the probability of a big hit increases as the non-common numerical range that is continuous with the common numerical range increases as the set value increases, with 1020 as the reference value for the judgment value of the big hit (jackpot reference value). go.

Furthermore, in the first special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range from 65317 to 65535 of the hit determination values determines the time saving loss regardless of the set value It is set to the common numerical range of the deviation judgment value with time saving. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, as described above, 1020 to 1346 of the hit judgment values are set in the numerical range of the big hit judgment value, and with time saving The deviation judgment value is in a numerical range different from the range of the jackpot judgment value (1020 to 1346) of the previous set value 6, with 65317 as the reference value of the loss with time reduction (reference value with time reduction), in the range of 65317 to 65535 Since it is set, it is prevented that the numerical range of the loss determination value with time saving is overlapped with the range of the big hit determination value which changes according to each set value.

In addition, in the first special figure display result determination table when the gaming state is the variable probability state, the range from 1020 to 1346 of the hit determination values is the jackpot determination value for determining the jackpot regardless of the set value. Set to a common numeric range.

When the set value is 1, only the common numerical range of the jackpot determination value for judging the jackpot is set (1020 to 1346 are assigned to the "jackpot"), while the set value 2 to setting In the case of value 6, a numerical range corresponding to each set value from 1347 is set as the non-common numerical range of the big hit determination value so as to be continuous from the common numerical range of the big hit determination value. The non-common numerical range of this jackpot judgment value is the range of 1347 to 1383 for the setting value 2, the range of 1347 to 1429 for the setting value 3, the range 1347 to 1487 for the setting value 4, and the range 1347 to 1556 for the setting value 5. , and set value 6 are set in the range of 1347 to 1674, respectively.

That is, in the first special figure display result determination table when the gaming state is a variable probability state, if the set value is 1, the common numerical range ( 1020 to 1346) are assigned to the "jackpot", while if the set value is 2 or more, among the jackpot determination values, the common numerical range plus the non-common numerical range A numerical value is assigned to the "jackpot". Furthermore, the non-common numerical range increases with 1347 as the reference as the set value increases.

For this reason, the probability of a big hit increases as the non-common numerical range that is continuous with the common numerical range increases as the set value increases, with 1020 as the reference value for the judgment value of the big hit (jackpot reference value). go.

In the second special figure display result determination table in the case where the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range from 1020 to 1237 of the hit determination values is the jackpot determination value for determining the big hit regardless of the set value. is set to a common numeric range for

In addition, when the set value is 1, only the common numerical range of the jackpot determination value for judging the jackpot is set (1020 to 1237 are assigned to the "jackpot"), while the set value 2 In the case of set value 6, a numerical range corresponding to each set value from 1238 is set as a non-common numerical range of the big hit determination value so as to be continuous from the common numerical range of the big hit determination value. The non-common numerical range of this jackpot determination value is the range of 1238 to 1253 for setting value 2, the range from 1238 to 1272 for setting value 3, the range from 1238 to 1292 for setting value 4, and the range from 1238 to 1317 for setting value 5. , and set value 6 are set in the range of 1238 to 1346, respectively.

In other words, in the pachinko gaming machine 1, in the second special figure display result determination table when the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, when the set value is 1, the value can be in the range of 0 to 65535 Of the hit judgment values, only numbers within the common numerical range (1020 to 1237) are assigned to the "jackpot", while if the set value is 2 or more, among the jackpot judgment values, the common numerical range Numbers within the range plus the non-common number range are assigned to the "jackpot". Furthermore, the non-common numerical range increases from 1238 as the set value increases.

For this reason, the probability of a big hit increases as the non-common numerical range that is continuous with the common numerical range increases as the set value increases, with 1020 as the reference value for the judgment value of the big hit (jackpot reference value). go.

Furthermore, in the second special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range from 65317 to 65425 of the hit determination values determines the time saving loss regardless of the set value It is set to the common numerical range of the deviation judgment value with time saving. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, as described above, 1020 to 1346 of the hit judgment values are set in the numerical range of the big hit judgment value, and with time saving The deviation determination value is in a numerical range different from the range of the big hit determination value of the setting value 6 (1020 to 1346), with 65317 as a reference value for loss with time reduction (reference value for loss with time reduction), in the range of 65317 to 65425 Since it is set, it is prevented that the numerical range of the loss determination value with time saving is overlapped with the range of the big hit determination value which changes according to each set value.

In the second special figure display result determination table when the game state is the variable probability state, the range from 1020 to 1346 of the hit determination values is the common numerical value of the jackpot determination value for determining the jackpot regardless of the set value. set in the range. The characteristics of the other second special figure display result determination table are the same as those of the first special figure display result determination table.

As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 1, when the variable special symbol is the first special symbol, regardless of the set value, 65317 to When the range of 65535 is set in the common numerical range with time reduction and the deviation is the second special symbol, when the game state is the normal state and the time reduction state, the set value Regardless, the range of 65317 to 65425 is set as a common numerical range for time saving. In other words, when the game state is the normal state and the time saving state, the rate at which the variable display result is not with the time saving is a common rate for any set value, so the gambling property depending on the set value can be prevented from becoming excessively high. In addition, for time-saving loss to which a common judgment value number is assigned for each set value, since it is set in a continuous numerical range from 65317, which is the time-saving loss reference value, in any setting value, variable display It is possible to reduce the processing load of the CPU 103 regarding the determination of the result as being out of time saving.

In this pachinko game machine 1, the number of setting values that can be set is 6 from 1 to 6, but the number of setting values that can be set in the pachinko game machine 1 may be 5 or less or 7 or more. . Also, the smaller the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1, the more advantageous it is for the player.

The jackpot type may be determined at different ratios depending on the set value based on the assignment of the determination value in the jackpot type determination table. Alternatively, the jackpot type may be determined at a common rate regardless of the set value. The variation pattern may be determined at different ratios according to the set values based on the assignment of the determination values in the variation pattern determination table. Alternatively, the variation pattern may be determined with a common ratio regardless of the set value. A set value may be suggested by the frequency with which normal reach and super reach are performed by having the execution ratio of normal reach and super reach differ according to a set value. Alternatively, regardless of the setting value, the execution ratio of normal reach and super reach may be common. In addition, it may be possible to execute arbitrary setting suggestion effects at different ratios according to the set values.

(Major operations of production control board 12)
Next, main operations in the effect control board 12 will be described. In the effect control board 12, when the power supply voltage is supplied from the power supply board or the like, the effect control CPU 120 is activated, and the effect control main processing as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 9 is executed. When the production control main process shown in FIG. 9 is started, the production control CPU 120 first executes a predetermined initialization process (step S71), clears the RAM 122, sets various initial values, Perform register setting of the mounted CTC (counter/timer circuit). Also, an initial operation control process is executed (step S72). In the initial motion control process, control for initial motion of the movable body 32, such as control for driving the movable body 32 to return it to the initial position and control for confirming a predetermined motion, is executed.

After that, it is determined whether or not the timer interrupt flag is turned on (step S73). The timer interrupt flag is set to ON every time a predetermined time (for example, 2 milliseconds) elapses based on, for example, the CTC register setting. At this time, if the timer interrupt flag is off (step S73; No), the process of step S73 is repeated and waits.

Also, on the side of the effect control board 12, an interrupt for receiving the effect control command from the main board 11 is generated in addition to the timer interrupt that occurs each time a predetermined time elapses. This interrupt is an interrupt generated when, for example, the effect control INT signal from the main substrate 11 is turned on. When an interrupt occurs due to the effect control INT signal being turned on, the effect control CPU 120 automatically sets interrupt prohibition, but when using a CPU that does not automatically enter an interrupt prohibition state, interrupt It is desirable to issue a prohibition instruction (DI instruction). The effect control CPU 120 executes, for example, a predetermined command reception interrupt process in response to the interruption caused by the effect control INT signal being turned on. In this command reception interrupt process, the effect control command is taken in from a predetermined input port for receiving the control signal transmitted from the main board 11 via the relay board 15 among the input ports included in the I/O 125 . The effect control command taken in at this time is stored in the effect control command reception buffer provided in the RAM 122, for example. After that, the effect control CPU 120 ends the command reception interrupt process after setting the interrupt permission.

If the timer interrupt flag is ON at step S73 (step S73; Yes), the timer interrupt flag is cleared to be turned off (step S74), and command analysis processing is executed (step S75). In the command analysis process, for example, after reading various effect control commands that are transmitted from the game control microcomputer 100 of the main board 11 and stored in the effect control command reception buffer, the read effect control command Corresponding settings and controls are performed. For example, the read production control command is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122, or the read production control command is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122 so that the content specified by the production control command can be confirmed by the production control process processing or the like. It turns on the provided reception flag. Further, when the effect control command specifies the game state, the display control unit 123 may be instructed to display a background corresponding to the game state.

After executing the command analysis process in step S75, the effect control process process is executed (step S76). In the effect control process processing, for example, the display operation of the effect image in the display area of the image display device 5, the sound output operation from the speakers 8L and 8R, the lighting operation of the decorative light emitters such as the game effect lamp 9 and the decorative LED, and the movable body 32 Control to operate various production devices such as driving operation of is performed. Further, determination, determination, setting, and the like are performed according to the effect control command and the like transmitted from the main substrate 11 regarding the control contents of the effect operation using various effect devices.

Random number update processing for production|presentation is performed following the production|presentation control process processing of step S76 (step S77), and at least one part of the random number for production|presentation used by the production|presentation control board 12 side is updated by software. After that, the process returns to step S73. Other processing may be performed before returning to the processing of step S73.

FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing an example of processing executed in step S76 of FIG. 9 as the effect control process processing. In the effect control process shown in FIG. 10, the effect control CPU 120 first executes a pre-reading notice setting process (step S161). In the pre-reading notice setting process, for example, based on the effect control command at the time of start winning transmitted from the main substrate 11, determination, determination, setting, etc. for executing the pre-reading notice effect are performed. Also, a process for displaying a pending display is executed based on the number of pending memories specified from the effect control command.

After executing the process of step S161, the effect control CPU 120 selects and executes one of the processes of steps S170 to S175 as described below according to the value of the effect process flag provided in the RAM 122, for example.

The variable display start waiting process in step S170 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "0" (initial value). This variable display start waiting process is a process of determining whether or not to start variable display of decorative patterns on the image display device 5 based on whether or not a command designating the start of variable display has been received from the main substrate 11. and so on. When it is determined to start the variable display of the decoration pattern on the image display device 5, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "1", and the variable display start waiting process is terminated.

The variable display start setting process in step S171 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "1". In this variable display start setting process, based on the display result and the variation pattern specified by the effect control command, the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern (determined decorative pattern), the form of the variable display of the decorative pattern, the ready-to-win effect, and various other Whether or not to execute various effects such as advance notice effects, its mode, execution start timing, etc. are determined. Then, an effect control pattern (collection of control data for instructing the display control unit 123 to execute the effect) reflecting the determination result or the like is set. After that, based on the set effect control pattern, the display control unit 123 is instructed to start execution of variable display of decorative symbols, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "2", and the variable display start setting process is terminated. The display control unit 123 causes the image display device 5 to start variable display of the decorative design in response to an instruction to start execution of variable display of the decorative design.

The effect process during variable display in step S172 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "2". In this variable display effect processing, the effect control CPU 120 instructs the display control unit 123 to display the effect image based on the effect control pattern set in step S171 on the display screen of the image display device 5. , driving the movable body 32, outputting voices and sound effects from the speakers 8L and 8R by outputting commands (sound effect signals) to the voice control board 13, and outputting commands (illumination signals) to the lamp control board 14. Various effects are controlled during the variable display of decorative patterns, such as turning on/off/blinking the game effect lamp 9 and decorative LEDs by output. After performing such effect control, for example, an end code indicating the end of the variable display of the decorative pattern is read from the effect control pattern, or a command designating to stop display of the fixed decorative pattern is received from the main board 11. Corresponding to the fact that the player has done so, the fixed decoration pattern which becomes the display result of the decoration pattern is stopped and displayed. When the fixed decoration pattern is stopped and displayed, the value of the production process flag is updated to "3", and the production process during variable display ends.

The special figure per waiting process of step S173 is a process executed when the value of the production process flag is "3". In this special figure waiting process, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not an effect control command designating the start of the big hit game state is received from the main substrate 11 . Then, when receiving a performance control command designating the start of the jackpot game state, the value of the performance process flag is updated to "4". Further, when the waiting time for receiving the command has elapsed without receiving the command designating the start of the jackpot game state, it is determined that the display result in the special figure game is "lost", and the production process flag is set. is updated to the initial value "0". When the value of the production process flag is updated, the special figure per waiting process is terminated.

The effect process during the big hit in step S174 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "6". In this big-hit production process, the production control CPU 120 sets, for example, production control patterns corresponding to the production contents in the big-hit game state, and executes various production controls in the big-hit game state based on the set contents. In the big-hit production process, for example, in response to receiving a command designating to end the big-hit game state from the main board 11, the value of the production process flag is set to "5", which is the value corresponding to the ending production process. ”, and ends the effect processing during the big hit.

The ending effect process of step S175 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "7". In this ending effect processing, the effect control CPU 120 sets, for example, effect control patterns corresponding to the end of the jackpot game state, etc., and controls various effects of the ending effect at the end of the jackpot game state based on the set contents. Run. After that, the value of the effect process flag is updated to the initial value of "0", and the ending effect process is terminated.

(Modified example of basic explanation)
The present invention is not limited to the pachinko game machine 1 described in the basic description above, and various modifications and applications are possible without departing from the gist of the present invention.

The pachinko gaming machine 1 described in the above basic description is a payout type gaming machine that pays out a predetermined number of game media as prizes based on the occurrence of winning, but the game media are enclosed and points are awarded based on the occurrence of winning. It may be an enclosed game machine.

Only one type of pattern (for example, a symbol indicating "-") is displayed during the variable display of the special pattern, and the variable display may be performed by repeating the display and extinguishing of the relevant pattern. Further, even if the pattern is displayed during the variable display, the pattern may not be displayed when the variable display is stopped (the symbol indicating "-" may not be displayed as a display result).

In the above basic explanation, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is shown as the gaming machine, but medals are inserted to set a predetermined number of bets. A slot machine capable of executing a game (for example, a big bonus , regular bonus, RT, AT, ART, and CZ (hereinafter referred to as a slot machine equipped with one or more bonuses, etc.).

The program and data for realizing the present invention are not limited to the form of being distributed/provided on a detachable recording medium to the computer device or the like included in the pachinko game machine 1. It may be distributed by being installed in a storage device possessed by the software. Furthermore, the program and data for realizing the present invention can be distributed by being downloaded from another device on the network connected via a communication line or the like by providing a communication processing unit. I don't mind.

The game can be executed not only by inserting a detachable recording medium, but also by temporarily storing programs and data downloaded via a communication line or the like in an internal memory or the like. Alternatively, it may be directly executed using hardware resources of other devices on a network connected via a communication line or the like. Furthermore, the game may be executed by exchanging data with another computer device or the like via a network.

In this specification, expressions for comparing various ratios such as the execution ratio of effects (expressions such as “high”, “low”, “different”) indicate that one is a ratio of “0%”. may contain. For example, one of them may have a ratio of “0%” and the other may have a ratio of “100%” or less than “100%”.

(Description of characteristic part 029SG in the embodiment of the present invention)
Next, the characteristic portion 029SG in the embodiment of the present invention will be explained. The present characteristic portion 029SG includes the invention 029SG and the invention 033SG.

The game machine of form 1 of invention 029SG is
A game machine (for example, a pachinko game machine 1) that can be controlled to an advantageous state (for example, a jackpot game state) that is advantageous to a player,
As the suggestive effect suggesting that the advantageous state is controlled, a special suggestive effect (e.g., ready-to-win effect I) and a first suggestive effect (e.g., A plurality of types of suggestive effects including reach effect A), second suggestive effect (eg reach effect B), third suggestive effect (eg reach effect F), and fourth suggestive effect (eg reach effect E) are executed. Possible suggestive effect execution means (for example, the part where the effect control CPU 120 executes the effect process during variable display shown in FIG. 10),
Before the effect result of the first suggestion effect is notified, the special development effect can be executed as the first development pattern (for example, as shown in FIG. In the variable display, the part where the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed from the execution of the ready-to-win effect A), the special development after it is notified that the control is not performed in the advantageous state as the effect result of the second suggestive effect. A special development effect different from the effect can be executed as a second development pattern (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-8, in the variable display with the variation pattern of super reach ζ, the variable display result ( (for example, the part where the production control CPU 120 executes the production process during variable display shown in FIG. 10),
with
The suggestion effect execution means is
When the first development pattern is executed by the development performance executing means, it is possible to execute the third suggestion performance with a higher degree of expectation than the first suggestion performance after execution of the special development performance (for example, , As shown in FIG. 11-8, in the variable display of the fluctuation pattern of super reach η, the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect is executed from the execution of the ready-to-win effect A, and further the ready-to-reach effect F is executed) ,
When the second development pattern is executed by the development performance execution means, the fourth suggestive performance can be executed after the special development performance is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-8, super reach In the variable display with the fluctuation pattern of ζ, after the variable display result (loss) is once notified as the result of the ready-to-win effect B, the ready-to-win effect E development notification effect is executed, and the ready-to-win effect E is further executed),
The production period of the special development production is longer than the production period of the special development production (for example, as shown in FIGS. 11-8 and 11-9, the execution period of the high expectation reach production development notification production L7 is a portion longer than the execution period length L6b of the reach effect E development notification effect),
The special development effect is a first effect in which the visibility of the effect image is lowered (for example, a blackout effect shown in FIGS. 11-10 and 11-55) and an effect executed after the first effect. 11-10 and 11-55), and an effect that is executed after the second effect, the preceding stage A third effect (for example, the latter effect shown in FIGS. 11-10 and 11-55) in which the latter-stage information with a higher degree of emphasis than the information is visibly displayed,
The period from execution of the special development performance to notification of control to the advantageous state is longer than the period from execution of the special development performance to notification of control to the advantageous state. The period is shorter (for example, as shown in FIGS. 11-8 and 11-9, the period from the high expectation reach production development notification production start timing to the end timing of the reach production I (variable display result notification timing) The length L13 and the length L12 of the period from the start timing of the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect to the end timing of the ready-to-win effect F are the end timing of the reach effect E from the start timing of the ready-to-reach effect E development notification effect to the end timing of the reach effect E ( The portion set longer than the length of the period L11 until the notification timing of the variable display result),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, in the case where the fourth suggestion effect is executed after the special development effect is executed, the period until it is notified that the control is in an advantageous state is excessively prolonged, thereby reducing the interest in the game. The decrease can be suppressed, and when the special suggestive performance is executed after the execution of the special development performance, the player is favorably focused on the special suggestive performance before being informed that the control is in an advantageous state. Since it can be made to play, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 2 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Embodiment 1,
The effect period of the second suggested effect is longer than the effect period of the first suggested effect (for example, as shown in FIG. The portion set longer than the period length L1),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to make the player pay attention to the second suggestive effect for a longer period of time than the first suggestive effect, so that the interest in the game can be improved. Further, in the second suggestive effect, unlike the first suggestive effect, the development effect is not executed before the effect result is notified. It is possible to surely make the player pay attention to whether or not it is reported that the effect is controlled to be in an advantageous state as the effect result of the second suggestion effect.

A gaming machine according to Mode 3 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Mode 1 or Mode 2,
A development suggestive effect execution means capable of executing at least a development suggestive effect suggesting execution of the special development effect (for example, a meter effect, a reach effect E development suggestive effect, a reach effect G development suggestive effect) (for example, the effect control CPU 120 The execution of the meter effect is determined in the meter effect determination process shown in FIG. After determining execution of the reach effect G development suggestive effect in the reach effect G development suggestive effect determination process shown in -29, a portion for executing the variable display during variable display effect process shown in FIG. 10),
The development-suggestion production executing means includes:
As the development suggestive performance, a special development suggestive performance suggesting execution of the special development performance can be executed during both the execution period of the first suggestive performance and the execution period of the second suggestive performance ( For example, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 and 11-8, in the variable display of the variation patterns of super reach α, super reach β, super reach δ, super reach ζ, and super reach η, the reach effect A is being executed and The part where the meter effect can be executed during the execution of the reach effect B),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, during the execution period of the first suggestion performance and during the execution period of the second suggestion performance, the special development suggestion performance can arouse the player's expectation for the execution of the special development performance. can.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 4 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 3,
When the special suggesting effect is executed without executing the first suggesting effect and the second suggesting effect, the developing effect executing means executes the special developing effect for the first time before the special suggesting effect is executed. It can be executed as 3 development patterns (for example, as shown in FIGS. 11-9 and 11-25, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach λ, reach production A and reach production B are executed without going through At the second timing, the meter 029SG005M suddenly increases to the 5th stage and the high expectation reach production development notification production is executed),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, even when the first suggestive performance and the second suggestive performance are not executed, the special development performance is executed to make the player pay attention to whether or not the highly anticipated special suggestive performance is executed. Therefore, the amusement of the game can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Form 5 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Form 4,
During the period from execution of the special development performance to execution of the special suggestive performance and notification of control to the advantageous state, the third suggestion performance is executed after the special development performance is executed. is longer than the period until it is notified that it is controlled to the advantageous state (for example, as shown in FIGS. The length L13 of the period until the end timing of I (notification timing of the variable display result) is set longer than the length L12 of the period from the start timing of the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect to the end timing of the ready-to-win effect F. part),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to effectively increase the expectation of being controlled in an advantageous state by lengthening the period until the notification when the highly anticipated special development effect is executed.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 6 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5,
A development suggestive effect execution means capable of executing at least a development suggestive effect suggesting execution of the special development effect (for example, a meter effect, a reach effect E development suggestive effect, a reach effect G development suggestive effect) (for example, the effect control CPU 120 The execution of the meter effect is determined in the meter effect determination process shown in FIG. After determining execution of the reach effect G development suggestive effect in the reach effect G development suggestive effect determination process shown in -29, a portion for executing the variable display during variable display effect process shown in FIG. 10),
The development-suggestion effect executing means includes a special development-suggestion effect (e.g., meter effect) that suggests execution of the special development effect by changing the effect mode in stages, and It is possible to execute a special development suggestive effect (for example, a reach effect E development suggestive effect) that suggests the execution of a special development effect,
The rate at which the production mode changes to the specific number of stages in the special development suggestive production is higher than the rate at which the production mode changes to the specific number of stages in the special development suggestive production (for example, shown in FIGS. 11-24 and 11-54 Thus, in the meter effect, the display mode of the meter 029SG005M changes by 5 stages (6 stages if the meter effect non-execution state is included), whereas in the ready-to-win effect E development suggestion effect, the display mode of the ready-to-reach effect E development suggestion image is displayed. changes in two stages),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the first suggestive effect in which the special development suggestive effect is executed and the second suggestive effect in which the special development suggestive effect is executed, and in the special development suggestive effect, the special development is performed. Since it is easier to change to the specific number of steps than the suggestive effect, it is possible to draw attention to whether or not the game will change to the specific number of steps, so that the amusement of the game can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Mode 7 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Mode 6,
The period during which the special development suggesting effect is executed is longer than the period during which the special development suggesting effect is executed (for example, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 to 11-9, super reach δ and super reach ζ In the variable display with the variation pattern, the length L5 of the meter effect executable period is set longer than the length L6a of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestion effect executable period),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, after the special development effect is performed, the third suggestion effect, which is more expected than the first suggestion effect, is performed, and after the execution of the special development effect is suggested, the fourth suggestion effect is performed. Since it can be suggested over a long period of time rather than being executed, the production interest of the special development suggestion production can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 8 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Embodiment 6 or Embodiment 7,
When the second suggestive effect is executed, the development suggestive effect execution means does not execute the special development suggestive effect (for example, ready-to-win effect) until the result of the second suggestive effect is notified. The E development suggestive effect is a portion that can be executed after the variable display result (loss) is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect B),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, the execution of the special development suggesting performance during the execution of the second suggesting performance will notify the player that the player will not be controlled in an advantageous state as a result of the performance of the second suggesting performance. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of the game interest due to

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 9 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 8,
An advantageous result suggesting effect (for example, a chance-up effect) that suggests that the effect result of the suggesting effect during execution of the suggesting effect will result in an advantageous result for the player, and constitutes the advantageous result suggesting effect. Advantageous result suggesting effect execution means (for example, effect control CPU 120 determines execution of chance up effect in chance up effect determination processing shown in FIG. 11-31, variable display shown in FIG. 10) part that executes the middle production process),
The number of executions of the composition effect when the third suggestion effect is being executed is greater than the number of times of execution of the composition effect when the first suggestion effect is being executed (for example, shown in FIG. 11-34 During execution of the ready-to-win effect F, a total of three effects, i.e., display of the ready-to-win title in red, movement of the movable body 32, and display of the image of the stick controller 31A as the operation promotion image, are performed as effects constituting the chance-up effect. While it is executable (chance-up effects can be executed in pattern S, pattern T, and pattern U), during execution of ready-to-win effect A, the ready-to-win title is displayed in red as effects that constitute the chance-up effect. A portion where a total of two effects of the action of the movable body 32 can be executed (chance-up effects can be executed with pattern P and pattern Q),
The number of executions of the composition effect when the fourth suggestion effect is being executed is equal to or less than the number of times of execution of the composition effect when the second suggestion effect is being executed (for example, shown in FIG. 11-34 During execution of ready-to-win effect E, a total of two effects, red display of the ready-to-win title and movement of the movable body 32, can be executed as effects constituting the chance-up effect (chance-up effects are shown in pattern S and pattern Q). On the other hand, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect B, as the effect constituting the chance-up effect, a total of three effects of the red display of the ready-to-win title, the movement of the movable body 32, and the display of the cut-in image 029SG200 are displayed. Effect can be executed (chance up effect can be executed with pattern P, pattern Q, pattern R)),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, when the special development performance is executed before the performance result of the first suggestive performance is notified and the third suggestive performance is further executed, the first suggestive performance is executed. When the third suggestive effect is being executed, the number of executions of the composition effect is increased, so that the player can preferably pay attention to the effect result of the third suggestive effect. Concerning the case where the special development performance is executed after being notified that the control is not in an advantageous state as the performance result of the second suggestion performance, and then the fourth suggestion performance is further executed, the composition performance when the fourth suggestion performance is being executed. is less than or equal to the number of executions of the constituent effects when the second suggestive effect is being executed. It can improve amusement interest.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 10 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Embodiment 9,
The advantageous result suggesting effect executing means can execute the advantageous result suggesting effect (for example, chance up effect) in a plurality of modes including a common mode,
Even if the advantageous result suggesting effect of the common mode is executed, the degree of expectation differs depending on the type of the suggesting effect in which the advantageous result suggesting effect is executed (for example, as shown in modification 029SG-12, the reach title A portion where the degree of expectation for a big hit differs depending on whether the common effect of the red display and the action of the movable body 32 is executed in one of the ready-to-win effects A to F),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, while suppressing an increase in the number of modes of advantageous result suggesting effects, it is possible to draw the player's attention to which of the suggesting effects the common modes of advantageous result suggesting effects are to be executed. Since it can be done, a game interest can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Mode 11 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Mode 9 or Mode 10,
The suggestive effect execution means is capable of displaying an expectation degree corresponding image corresponding to the degree of expectation of the suggestive effect when executing the suggestive effect, and displaying the expected degree corresponding image when the advantageous result suggestive effect is executed. (For example, as shown in modification 029SG-5, when changing the characters of the reach title image to red from the middle as a chance-up effect, it is displayed together with the reach title image. (Increase the number of stars displayed as the expectation image) to change the display mode of the expectation image showing the expectation of the big hit)),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, since the expectation-corresponding image changes with the execution of the advantageous result suggesting effect, it is possible to increase attention to the expectation-corresponding image. can be recognized.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 12 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Embodiments 1 to 11,
A specific image suggestive effect (e.g., a deformation Example 029SG-1 (active display effect shown in example 029SG-1) can be executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-57 as modified example 029SG-1, active Display area 029SG005F displays the active display in any of a plurality of display modes, and a portion that changes the degree of expectation for a big hit depending on which display mode the active display is displayed),
The specific image suggestion effect executing means can execute a common specific image suggestion effect as the specific image suggestion effect in any of the different types of suggestion effects (for example, the active display is a white circle, parts that can be displayed in blue circles and red circles),
The rate at which the common specific image suggestion effect is executed during the execution of the first suggestion effect executed before the special development effect in the first development pattern is executed after the special development effect is executed. Lower than the rate at which the common specific image suggestion effect is executed during the execution of the third suggestion effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-58 as modification 029SG-1, variable display In variable display of variation pattern of super ready-to-win η in which high-expectation ready-to-win performance development notification performance is executed before the result is announced and further ready-to-win performance F is executed, active display is displayed during execution of ready-to-win performance A. The rate P2 at which the mode changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape during the execution of the ready-to-win effect F. lower than P3),
The rate at which the common specific image suggesting effect is executed during the execution of the third suggesting effect executed after the special developing effect is executed in the first developing pattern is the special developing effect in the second developing pattern. is higher than the rate at which the common specific image suggestive effect is executed during the execution of the fourth suggestive effect that is executed after is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. A ratio P3 at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape during the execution of the ready-to-reach effect F in the variable display of the variation pattern of the reach η is the effect result of the ready-to-reach effect B. After the variable display result (missing) is reported, the ready-to-win effect E development notification effect is executed, and then the ready-to-win effect E is executed. is higher than the rate P1 of changing from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, when the first suggestive effect is executed and the third suggestive effect is executed, the third suggestive effect is executed by executing the specific image suggestive effect before the start of the special development effect. It is possible to reduce the possibility that the player recognizes this in advance, and in the third suggestive performance and the fourth suggestive performance, the common specific image suggestive performance is appropriately executed according to the degree of expectation, so that the amusement of the game can be improved. .

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 13 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Embodiment 12,
The specific image suggesting effect executing means changes the display mode of the specific image from a first mode (for example, a white round shape or a blue round shape) to a second mode (for example, a red circle), and
The rate at which the display mode of the specific image changes to the second mode before the development effect is lower than the rate at which the display mode of the specific image changes to the second mode after the development effect is executed ( For example, as shown in Modified Example 029SG-2, in the variable display with the variation pattern of super reach η, the display mode of the active display changes from a white circle or a blue circle to a red circle during the execution of the reach effect F. A rate P3 of change in shape is set higher than a rate P2 at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape during execution of the ready-to-win effect A, and super reach ζ. In the variable display of the variation pattern, the ratio P1 at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white circle or a blue circle to a red circle during the execution of the ready-to-win effect E is active during the execution of the ready-to-win effect B. The part where the display mode is set higher than the rate at which the display mode changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, the player can easily recognize the degree of expectation controlled to be in an advantageous state by the display mode of the specific image, and the game can be played by changing the display mode of the specific image to the second mode before the development effect. It is possible to reduce the risk of a decrease in interest in the game due to the player's pre-existing recognition that the degree of expectation is high.

A gaming machine according to Mode 14 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to Mode 12 or Mode 13,
When the special suggesting effect is executed without executing the first suggesting effect and the second suggesting effect, the developing effect executing means executes the special developing effect for the first time before the special suggesting effect is executed. It can be executed as 3 development patterns (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach λ, the reach performance A and the reach performance B are not executed). The part where the reach production development notification production is executed),
The rate at which the display mode of the specific image changes to the second mode before the special suggestive effect in the third development pattern is the display of the specific image after the special suggestive effect is executed in the third development pattern. The mode is higher than the ratio of changing to the second mode (for example, as shown in modification 029SG-3, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach λ, the display mode of active display before the start of reach effect I is changed from white round or blue round to red round. part set higher than the ratio P6),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, by changing the display mode of the specific image to the second mode before the special suggestive effect, the player can easily recognize that the special suggestive effect will be executed.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 15 of Invention 029SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 14,
A gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 1) capable of executing variable display,
Reservation storage means (for example, the portion where the CPU 103 executes the starting winning determination process shown in FIGS. 11 to 14) capable of storing information related to the variable display as a reservation storage;
Determination means (for example, a portion for CPU 103 to perform variation pattern setting processing shown in FIGS. 11 to 17) capable of determining that the development effect is to be performed when starting variable display;
Regarding the variable display corresponding to the reserved storage, determination means capable of determining that the development effect will be executed before the determination means is determined (for example, in the winning random number value determination process of modification 029SG-4, When the variation pattern (variation category) is determined to be super reach, which of super reach α to super reach λ is the variation pattern of super reach (which of reach performance A to reach I is executed during variable display) the part that determines whether
with
The specific image suggesting effect executing means executes, as the specific image suggesting effect, a effect suggesting that the special development effect is to be executed and the special development effect to be executed based on the determination result of the determining means. (For example, in the modification 029SG-4, a triangle, a square, a star, etc. are provided as the display mode of the pending memory table display in addition to the round shape, and the pending memory display is any A portion that can suggest which reach effect develops among reach effect E, reach effect F, reach effect G, reach effect H, and reach effect I depending on whether it is displayed in shape),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the specific image suggesting effect before the start of the variable display, so that the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, the game machine of the first aspect of invention 033SG is
A gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to a player (for example, a jackpot game state),
As a suggestive effect suggesting that the control is in the advantageous state, a special suggestive effect (for example, ready-to-win effect I) and a first suggestive effect (for example, , ready-to-reach effect C), second suggestive effect (for example, reach-to effect D), special suggestive effect (for example, ready-to-reach effect G), suggestive effect executing means (for example, effect control A portion where the CPU 120 executes the effect processing during variable display shown in FIG.
Before the effect result of the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect is notified, a special development effect can be executed as a first development pattern (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, super reach In the variable display of the fluctuation pattern of κ, the part where the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed from the execution of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D), the first suggesting effect or the second suggesting effect is executed. It is possible to execute a special development effect different from the special development effect as a second development pattern after being informed that the effect is not controlled to the advantageous state as a result of the effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-8, variations in super reach θ In the variable display of the pattern, after the variable display result (loss) is notified as the result of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, the ready-to-win effect G development notification effect is executed) development effect executing means (for example, effect control) A portion where the CPU 120 executes the effect processing during variable display shown in FIG.
In the first development pattern, a predetermined effect execution means (for example, the effect control CPU 120 shown in FIG. 10) capable of executing a predetermined effect (for example, the precursor effect shown in FIG. 11-9) part for executing the production process during variable display shown),
with
The degree of expectation differs between the first suggestive effect and the second suggestive effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-30(C), the ready-to-win effect D has a higher degree of expectation for a big hit than the ready-to-win effect C),
The suggestion effect execution means is
When the first development pattern is executed by the development performance executing means, the special suggestion performance can be executed after the special development performance is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, super reach κ In the variable display of the fluctuation pattern, the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed from the execution of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, and further the ready-to-win effect I is executed),
When the second development pattern is executed by the development performance execution means, the special suggestive performance can be executed after the special development performance is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. In the variable display with the variation pattern of θ, after the variable display result (loss) is once notified as the result of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, the ready-to-win effect G development notification effect is executed, and the ready-to-win effect G is further executed. part),
When the special development effect is not executed after the predetermined effect is executed, a specific suggestive effect different from the special suggestive effect and the special suggestive effect can be executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, In the variable display in the variation pattern of the super reach ι, the ready-to-win effect H development notification effect is executed after the execution of the sign effect, and the ready-to-reach effect H is further executed).
When controlled to the advantageous state, the rate at which the special development effect is executed is higher than the rate at which the special development effect is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-6, the variable display result is In the case of a big hit, that is, when the big hit variation pattern determination table is selected, the determination ratio of the super reach κ jackpot variation pattern (PB1-9) in which the high expectation reach performance development notification performance is executed during the variable display is variable. A portion higher than the determination ratio of the variation pattern (PB1-7) of the super reach θ jackpot where the reach effect G development notification effect is executed during display),
The production period of the special development production is longer than the production period of the special development production (for example, the length of the execution period L7 of the high-expectation reach production development notification production is the length of the execution period of the ready-to-win production G development notification production. The part set longer than L8),
The special development effect is a first effect in which the visibility of the effect image is lowered (for example, a blackout effect shown in FIGS. 11-10 and 11-55) and an effect executed after the first effect. 11-10 and 11-55), and an effect that is executed after the second effect, the preceding stage A third effect (for example, the latter effect shown in FIGS. 11-10 and 11-55) in which the latter-stage information with a higher degree of emphasis than the information is visibly displayed,
A ratio at which the special development effect is executed after the predetermined effect is executed in the first suggestive effect, and a ratio at which the special development effect is executed after the predetermined effect is executed in the second suggestive effect. Different (for example, as shown in FIGS. 11-30 (A) to 11-30 (C), when the ready-to-win production C is executed, the rate at which the high-expectation ready-to-reach production development notification production is executed after the sign production is a portion higher than the rate at which the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect is executed after the sign effect when the ready-to-reach effect D is executed),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to diversify the production by combining the types of the suggestive production and the types of the developmental production, and to provide a predetermined relationship between the suggestive production and the developmental production. You can improve your interest in directing.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 2 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to Embodiment 1,
When the special development effect is not executed after the predetermined effect is executed, the development effect executing means executes a specific development effect different from the special development effect and the special development effect before executing the specific suggestive effect. It is possible (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, in the variable display with the variation pattern of super reach ι, the part where the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect is executed after the precursor effect is executed),
An advance development performance executing means capable of executing a preliminary development performance before the special development performance or the specific development performance is executed (for example, a reach performance H development notification performance in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach ι) The part where the pre-production is executed from the timing before, and the part where the pre-production is executed from the timing before the high expectation reach production development notification production in the variable display of the fluctuation pattern of super reach κ),
The pre-development performance executing means can execute the common pre-development performance when the special development performance is executed and when the specific development performance is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-51). , a part where a common aspect of pre-rendering is executed between the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach ι and the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, the player can be made to pay attention to whether the special development performance or the specific development performance is executed as the development performance, while increasing attention to the development performance by executing the development preliminary performance. It can improve amusement interest.

A gaming machine according to Mode 3 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to Mode 1 or Mode 2,
When the special development effect is not executed after the predetermined effect is executed, the development effect executing means executes a specific development effect different from the special development effect and the special development effect before executing the specific suggestive effect. It is possible (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, in the variable display with the variation pattern of super reach ι, the part where the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect is executed after the precursor effect is executed),
A special development suggesting effect suggesting execution of the special development effect (for example, a branch destination suggesting effect of pattern Z displaying a branch destination suggesting image 029SG005Z on the image display device 5), and a specific development suggesting execution of the specific development effect A suggestive effect (for example, a branch destination suggestive effect of pattern Y in which a branch destination suggestive image 029SG005Y is displayed on the image display device 5) and a common development suggestive effect that suggests execution of both the special development effect and the specific development effect (for example, , a branch destination suggestive effect of pattern X displaying a branch destination suggestive image 029SG005X on the image display device 5); A part that executes the effect processing during variable display shown in FIG. 10 after deciding to execute the branch destination suggesting effect in the decision process
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to make the player pay attention to which of the special development suggesting performance, the specific development suggesting performance, and the common development suggesting performance is executed as the development suggesting performance, so that the interest in the game can be improved. .

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 4 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 3,
The second development is higher than the first difference, which is the difference between the rate at which the first suggestive effect is executed in the first development pattern and the rate at which the second suggestive effect is performed in the first development pattern. A second difference, which is the difference between the rate at which the first suggestive effect is executed in the pattern and the rate at which the second suggestive effect is executed in the second development pattern, is smaller (for example, 11-30 ( As shown in D), before the performance result is reported as the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-reach performance D, the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance and the ready-to-reach performance I are executed. After the performance result is reported as performance C or ready-to-win performance D, the variable pattern of super reach θ in which the ready-to-reach performance G development reporting performance and the ready-to-reach performance G are executed are super ready-to-win κ when the variable display result is a big win. The difference between the rate at which the ready-to-win effect C is executed in the variable display of the variation pattern and the rate to execute the ready-to-win effect D is 60%, whereas the ready-to-win effect is performed in the variable display of the super reach θ variation pattern. The portion where the difference between the rate at which C is executed and the rate at which reach effect D is executed is 40%),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, depending on whether the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect is executed, it is the first development pattern in which the special development effect is executed, or the second development pattern in which the special development effect is executed. Since it becomes possible to guess whether it is, it is possible to make the player pay attention to which of the first suggesting effect and the second suggesting effect will be executed, so that the amusement of the game can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 5 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to Embodiment 4,
The rate at which the first suggestive effect is executed in the second development pattern and the rate at which the second suggestive effect is executed in the second development pattern are the same or substantially the same (for example, modification 029SG- As shown in 10, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach θ, the portion where the execution decision ratio of ready-to-win effect C and the execution decision ratio of ready-to-win effect D are the same),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is expected that the second development pattern in which the special development performance is executed is performed in either case of the first suggestion performance or the second suggestion performance. Since it becomes possible to do so, it is possible to improve amusement in the game.

A gaming machine according to Mode 6 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to Mode 4 or Mode 5,
The degree of expectation when the first suggestive effect is executed in the second development pattern is the same or substantially the same as the degree of expectation when the second suggestive effect is executed in the second development pattern. (For example, as shown in modification 029SG-11, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach θ, the expected degree of big hit and the execution of reach effect D are determined when execution of reach effect C is determined. The part where the jackpot expectation is the same as in the case of
It is characterized by
According to this feature, regardless of whether the first suggestive effect is executed or the second suggestive effect is executed, when the special development effect is executed, an advantageous state is obtained. Since it becomes possible to expect from the game, the amusement of the game can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 7 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 6,
A first advantageous result suggesting effect (for example, a branch destination suggesting effect) that suggests that the effect result of the first suggesting effect will be an advantageous result for the player during execution of the first suggesting effect, and the second suggesting effect. Execution of an advantageous result suggesting effect capable of executing a second advantageous result suggesting effect (for example, a branch destination suggesting effect) suggesting that the effect result of the second suggesting effect will be an advantageous result for the player during the execution of the effect. Means (for example, a portion that executes the variable display during variable display effect process shown in FIG. 10 after the effect control CPU 120 has decided to execute the chance up effect in the chance up effect determination process shown in FIGS. 11-31);
A development suggestive effect execution means capable of executing at least a development suggestive effect suggesting execution of the special development effect (for example, a meter effect, a reach effect E development suggestive effect, a reach effect G development suggestive effect) (for example, the effect control CPU 120 The execution of the meter effect is determined in the meter effect determination process shown in FIG. After determining execution of the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect in the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect decision process shown in -29, a part for executing the effect process during variable display shown in FIG. 10);
with
The rate at which the development suggestive effect is executed when the first suggestive effect is executed in the first development pattern is the development suggestive effect when the second suggestive effect is executed in the first development pattern. Different from the rate at which the effect is executed (for example, as shown in the modification 029SG-6, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach κ, the reach effect of the super reach to be executed is the reach effect C and the reach A portion that can determine whether or not to execute a branch destination suggesting effect at a different rate than in the case of effect D),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, since the execution ratio of the development suggestive effect suggesting execution of the special development effect is different between the first suggestive effect and the second suggestive effect, it is possible to suggest that the development suggestive effect is executed. Since it can be performed suitably, a game interest can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 8 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 7,
A first advantageous result suggesting effect (for example, a branch destination suggesting effect) that suggests that the effect result of the first suggesting effect will be an advantageous result for the player during execution of the first suggesting effect, and the second suggesting effect. Execution of an advantageous result suggesting effect capable of executing a second advantageous result suggesting effect (for example, a branch destination suggesting effect) suggesting that the effect result of the second suggesting effect will be an advantageous result for the player during the execution of the effect. Means (for example, a portion that executes the variable display during variable display effect process shown in FIG. 10 after the effect control CPU 120 has decided to execute the chance up effect in the chance up effect determination process shown in FIGS. 11-31);
A development suggestive effect execution means capable of executing at least a development suggestive effect suggesting execution of the special development effect (for example, a meter effect, a reach effect E development suggestive effect, a reach effect G development suggestive effect) (for example, the effect control CPU 120 The execution of the meter effect is determined in the meter effect determination process shown in FIG. After determining execution of the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect in the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect decision process shown in -29, a part for executing the effect process during variable display shown in FIG. 10);
with
When the first suggestive effect is executed in the first development pattern, the ratio of execution of the first advantageous result suggestive effect during execution of the first suggestive effect is When the second suggestive effect is executed, the ratio at which the second advantageous result suggestive effect is executed during the second suggestive effect is different (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-60 as a modification 029SG-13, Regarding the fluctuation pattern of super reach κ in which the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect and the ready-to-reach effect I are executed before the variable display result (loss) is announced as the effect result of the ready-to-reach effect C or the ready-to-reach effect D , a portion capable of determining whether or not to execute the chance-up effect at a different rate depending on whether the ready-to-win effect C is determined or the ready-to-win effect D is determined;
It is characterized by
According to this feature, in the first suggesting effect and the second suggesting effect, the execution ratio of the first advantageous result suggesting effect and the second advantageous result suggesting effect suggesting that the result of the effect will be advantageous is different. Therefore, it is possible to favorably suggest the result of the effect, thereby improving the amusement of the game.

A gaming machine according to Mode 9 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to Mode 7 or Mode 8,
When the special development effect is not executed after the predetermined effect is executed, the development effect executing means executes a specific development effect different from the special development effect and the special development effect before executing the specific suggestive effect. It is possible (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, in the variable display with the variation pattern of super reach ι, the part where the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect is executed after the precursor effect is executed),
The degree of relationship between the first advantageous result suggestive effect and the suggestion by the second advantageous result suggestive effect is determined after the first advantageous result suggestive effect or the second advantageous result suggestive effect is executed. is executed is higher than the relationship between the performance result of the suggestive performance executed after the specific development performance or the special development performance is executed (for example, in FIG. 11-28 (A) As shown, whether or not to execute a branch destination suggesting effect and the pattern of effect are determined at different rates depending on the variation pattern of the variable display, and are not determined at different rates depending on the result of the variable display. , the presence or absence of the execution of the branch destination suggestive effect and the effect pattern are whether or not it develops to any of the reach effect G to the reach effect after the reach effect C and the reach effect D are executed, and whether these reach effect G to the reach effect The part that is designed to be determined depending on which of I develops),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, the suggestion by the first special development performance and the second special development performance is executed in the specific development performance or the special development performance close to the execution time of the first special development performance or the second special development performance. Therefore, by executing the first special development performance and the second special development performance, the attention to the specific development performance or the special development performance can be increased, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 10 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 7 to 9,
When the special development effect is not executed after the predetermined effect is executed, the development effect executing means executes a specific development effect different from the special development effect and the special development effect before executing the specific suggestive effect. It is possible (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-9, in the variable display with the variation pattern of super reach ι, the part where the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect is executed after the precursor effect is executed),
The rate at which the first advantageous result suggesting effect or the second advantageous result suggesting effect is executed differs before and after the specific development effect or the special development effect is executed (for example, shown in Modification 029SG-12). , the degree of expectation for a big hit differs depending on whether the common effect of the red display of the ready-to-win title and the action of the movable body 32 is executed in one of the ready-to-win effects A to F),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to preferably execute the first advantageous result suggesting effect or the second advantageous result suggesting effect, thereby increasing attention to whether the first development pattern or the second development pattern will occur.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 11 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 7 to 10,
As the notification mode of the effect result in the first suggestive effect and the second suggestive effect, a first notification mode (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-7, super reach In the variable display of the variation pattern of γ, the variable display result is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D, and the variable display ends), and after it is once notified that the advantageous state is not controlled. A second notification mode in which it is notified that the control is in an advantageous state (for example, as shown in the modification 029SG-7, once the variable display result is notified as a result of the reach effect A to the reach effect D, and then again a second notification mode (so-called revival mode) for notifying that the variable display result is a big hit;
When the effect result of the first suggesting effect or the second suggesting effect is notified in the first notification mode, the rate at which the first advantageous result suggesting effect or the second advantageous result suggesting effect is executed is It is the same as the rate at which the first advantageous result suggesting effect or the second advantageous result suggesting effect is executed when the effect result of the first suggesting effect or the second suggesting effect is notified in the second notification mode (for example, , As shown in Modified Example 029SG-7, when the effect result (variable display result) of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is notified in the first notification mode, the rate at which the branch destination suggesting effect is executed in the pattern Z. and the rate at which the branch destination suggestion effect is executed in the pattern Z when the effect result (variable display result) of the reach effect C or the reach effect D (variable display result) is notified in the second notification mode),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, the first suggestive effect and the second suggestive effect are notified in the second notification mode, thereby giving the player a sense of surprise, and the effect of the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect. A first advantageous result suggesting effect or a second advantageous result suggesting effect in the case where the result is notified in the first notification mode and in the case where the effect result of the first suggesting effect or the second suggesting effect is notified in the second reporting mode. can be shared, the amount of data required for this process can be reduced.

A gaming machine according to Embodiment 12 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Embodiments 7 to 11,
As the notification mode of the effect result in the first suggestive effect and the second suggestive effect, a first notification mode (for example, as shown in FIG. 11-7, super reach In the variable display of the variation pattern of γ, the variable display result is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D, and the variable display ends), and after it is once notified that the advantageous state is not controlled. A second notification mode in which it is notified that the control is in an advantageous state (for example, as shown in the modification 029SG-7, once the variable display result is notified as a result of the reach effect A to the reach effect D, and then again a second notification mode (so-called revival mode) for notifying that the variable display result is a big hit;
When the special development performance is executed after the performance result of the first suggestion performance or the second suggestion performance is notified in the first notification mode, in the suggestion performance executed after the special development performance, the The rate at which the first advantageous result suggesting effect or the second advantageous result suggesting effect is executed when it is notified that the control is to be in an advantageous state is based on the effect result of the first suggesting effect or the second suggesting effect. Different from the rate at which the first advantageous result suggesting effect or the second advantageous result suggesting effect is executed when notified in the second notification mode (for example, as shown in modification 029SG-8, reach effect C or After the ready-to-win performance D is executed and it is reported that the result of the variable display is lost as a result of the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-reach performance D, the ready-to-reach performance G development notification performance and the ready-to-reach performance G are executed, and the ready-to-reach performance G is executed. When it is reported that the variable display result is a big hit as the effect result of (when the variable display is executed with the variation pattern of super reach θ jackpot (PB1-7)), the variation pattern of the super reach θ jackpot The rate at which the chance-up effect is executed during the variable display in is that the chance-up effect is executed in the variable display in which the effect result (variable display result) of the reach effect C or the reach effect D (variable display result) is notified in the second notification mode. different proportions),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, in the case where the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect is executed, the first advantageous result suggestion is made depending on whether or not the special development effect is executed before it is notified that the control is in an advantageous state. Since the rate at which the effect or the second advantageous result suggesting effect is executed can be varied, the interest in the game can be improved.

A gaming machine according to Mode 13 of Invention 033SG is the gaming machine according to any one of Modes 7 to 12,
The advantageous result suggesting effect executing means has a plurality of advantageous result suggesting effects including the first advantageous result suggesting effect and the second advantageous result suggesting effect (for example, branch destination suggesting effects of pattern X, pattern Y, and pattern Z). is executable and
The execution ratio of the special development effect differs depending on which of the advantageous result suggesting effects is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. The part where the execution ratio of the high-expectation reach production development notification production differs depending on which one is executed),
During the execution of the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect, the special development effect is not executed when the special advantageous result suggestive effect or the special suggestive effect with the highest execution ratio of the special development effect is executed. In this case, the effect result of the first suggestive effect or the second suggestive effect being executed is controlled to the advantageous state (for example, as shown in the modification 029SG-9, When the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is not executed even though the branch destination suggesting performance is executed in the performance pattern Z, or when the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is not executed, the ready-to-reach performance I is executed, the part where the variable display result will be a big hit),
It is characterized by
According to this feature, it is possible to give the player a sense of surprise, and to draw the player's attention to whether or not the special development effect is executed when the special advantageous result suggestive effect or the special suggestive effect is executed. Since it can be made to play, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

FIG. 11-1(A) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the content of the effect control command used in this characteristic portion 029SG. The effect control command has, for example, a 2-byte configuration, where the first byte indicates MODE (class of command) and the second byte indicates EXT (type of command). The leading bit (bit 7) of MODE data is always set to "1", and the leading bit of EXT data is set to "0". Note that the command form shown in FIG. 11A is an example, and other command forms may be used. Also, in this example, the control command is made up of two control signals, but the number of control signals that make up the control command may be one, or three or more.

In the example shown in FIG. 11-1 (A), the command 8001H is a first variable display start command that designates the start of variable display in the special symbol game using the first special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A. . Command 8002H is a second variable display start command that designates the start of variable display in the special symbol game using the second special symbol in the second special symbol display device 4B. The command 81XXH is a decoration that is variably displayed in each of the "left", "middle" and "right" decoration design display areas 5L, 5C and 5R on the image display device 5 corresponding to the variable display of the special design in the special game. It is a variation pattern specification command that specifies a variation pattern (variation time (variable display time)) such as a design (also referred to as a production design). Here, XXH indicates that it is an unspecified hexadecimal number, and may be a value that is arbitrarily set according to the contents of instructions by the effect control command. In the variation pattern specification command, different EXT data are set according to the specified variation pattern.

Command 8CXXH is a variable display result designation command, and is an effect control command for designating a variable display result such as a special design or a decorative design. In the variable display result designation command, for example, as shown in FIG. ), and different EXT data are set according to the determination result (jackpot type determination result) as to which of a plurality of types the jackpot type should be set when the variable display result is "big hit".

Among the variable display result specifying commands, for example, as shown in FIG. 11-1(B), command 8C00H is a first variable display result specifying command indicating a predetermined result that the variable display result is "no". . The command 8C01H is a second variable display result specification command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "jackpot" and the jackpot type is "probability variable jackpot A" and the jackpot type determination result. The command 8C02H is a third variable display result specifying command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "jackpot" and the jackpot type is "probability variable jackpot B" and the jackpot type determination result. The command 8C03H is a fourth variable display result specifying command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "jackpot" and the jackpot type is "probability variable jackpot C" and the jackpot type determination result. The command 8C04H is a fifth variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result and the jackpot type determination result that the variable display result is "big hit" and the jackpot type is "unprobable variable big hit".

The command 8F00H is a pattern confirmation command for designating the stoppage (confirmation) of the decorative patterns in the “left”, “middle” and “right” decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C and 5R of the image display device 5 . The command 95XXH is a game state designation command that designates the current game state in the pachinko gaming machine 1. FIG. In the game state designation command, different EXT data are set according to the current game state in the pachinko gaming machine 1, for example. As a specific example, the command 9500H is the first game state designation command corresponding to the game state (low probability low base state, normal state) in which neither the time saving control nor the probability variation control is performed, and the command 9501H is the time saving control. It is a second game state designation command corresponding to a game state (low probability high base state, short working time state) in which probability variation control is not performed while being performed. In addition, the command 9502H is the third game state designation command corresponding to the game state (high probability low base state, time saving no probability change state) where the time saving control is not performed while the probability change control is performed, and the command 9503H is time saving control and probability change It is a fourth game state designation command corresponding to the game state (high-probability-high base state, time-saving probability-variable state) in which control is performed together.

The command A0XXH is a win start specifying command (also called a "fanfare command") specifying display of an effect image indicating the start of a big win game. The command A1XXH is a large winning opening open notification command for notifying that the large winning opening is open in the jackpot gaming state. The command A2XXH is a post-opening notification command for the big winning opening to notify that the big winning opening has changed from the open state to the closed state in the big winning game state. The command A3XXH is a win end designation command for designating display of an effect image at the end of the big win game.

In the winning start designation command and the winning end designation command, for example, by setting the same EXT data as the variable display result designation command, different EXT data may be set according to the pre-determined result and the jackpot type determination result. . Alternatively, in the winning start designation command and the winning end designation command, the correspondence relationship between the pre-determined result and the jackpot type determination result and the set EXT data may be different from the correspondence relationship in the variable display result designation command. . In the notification command during the opening of the big winning opening and the notification command after opening the big winning opening, for example, corresponding to the number of rounds executed in the normal opening jackpot state and the high-speed opening jackpot state (for example, "1" to "10") to be described later, Different EXT data are set.

The command B100H is based on the fact that a game ball passing through (entering) the first starting winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6A is detected by the first starting opening switch 22A and a starting winning (first starting winning) occurs. It is a first start winning designation command for notifying that the first starting condition for executing the special symbol game using the first special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A is satisfied. The command B200H is based on the fact that the game ball passing through (entering) the second starting winning opening formed by the variable winning ball device 6B is detected by the second starting opening switch 22B and the starting winning (second starting winning) occurs. , It is a second start winning designation command for notifying that the second start condition for executing the special symbol game using the second special symbol in the second special symbol display device 4B is satisfied.

Command C1XXH is a first reserved storage number notification command for notifying the first special figure reserved storage number in order to be able to specify the special figure reserved storage number. Command C2XXH is a second pending storage number notification command for notifying the second special figure pending storage number in order to be able to specify the special figure pending storage number. The first pending memory number notification command is, for example, based on the fact that the game ball passes (enters) the first start winning opening and the first starting condition is satisfied, when the first starting opening winning designation command is transmitted , is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 . The second pending memory number notification command is, for example, based on the fact that the game ball passes (enters) the second start winning opening and the second starting condition is satisfied, when the second starting opening winning designation command is transmitted , is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 . In addition, the first reserved memory number notification command and the second reserved memory number notification command are used when either the first start condition or the second start condition is satisfied (when the number of reserved memories decreases), the special game It may be transmitted in response to the start of execution or the like.

Instead of the first reserved storage number notification command and the second reserved storage number notification command, a total reserved storage number notification command for notifying the total reserved storage number may be transmitted. That is, a total pending storage number notification command may be used to report an increase (or decrease) in the total pending storage number.

The command C4XXH and the command C6XXH are effect control commands (winning determination result specification commands) indicating the content of the winning determination result. Among them, the command C4XXH is a symbol designating command indicating whether or not the variable display result will be a "big win" and the type of the big win (probability variation or non-probability variation) as a winning determination result. In addition, the command C6XXH is a variation category command indicating whether the random number for variation pattern determination is a variation pattern of "non-reach", "super reach", and "other" as a result of determination at the time of winning. is.

Note that the commands shown in FIG. 11A are only examples, and some of these commands may be omitted, different commands may be used in place of these commands, and these commands may be used. You can add commands that are different from the commands in For example, a prize ball number notification command for specifying the number of prize balls to be paid out based on the game ball entering each prize hole, or a gate for notifying that the game ball has passed through the passage gate 41. You may make it provide the notification command etc. which notify the remaining frequency|count of a passage notification command, probability variation control, and time saving control to be performed.

FIG. 11-2 is an explanatory diagram illustrating random numbers counted on the main board 11 side. As shown in FIG. 11-2, in this characteristic portion 029SG, on the side of the main board 11, the random number MR1 for special figure display result determination, the random number MR2 for jackpot type determination, and the random number MR3 for variation pattern determination , and the random number MR4 for judging the result of normal/universal figure display are controlled so as to be countable. Random numbers other than these may be used in order to enhance the game effect. Random numbers used to control the progress of such games are also called game random numbers.

The random number circuit 104 may count numerical data representing part or all of these random numbers MR1 to MR4. CPU103, for example, using a random counter different from the random number circuit 104, such as a random counter provided in the game control counter setting unit 029SG154, by updating various numerical data by software, one of the random numbers MR1~MR4 Numerical data indicating the part may be counted.

The random number MR1 for special figure display result determination is a random number used for determining whether or not to control the variable display result such as the special figure in the special figure game as "big win" to the big win game state. It takes a value in the range from "1" to "65536". The random number MR2 for judging the type of jackpot is any one of "variable jackpot A", "variable jackpot B", "variable jackpot C", and "variable jackpot" when the variable display result is "jackpot". is a random value used to determine , and takes a value in the range of "1" to "100", for example.

The random number MR3 for determining the variation pattern is a random number used to determine one of a plurality of types prepared in advance for the variation pattern in the variable display of special symbols and decorative symbols. 997”.

The random number MR4 for judging the result of normal pattern display is used to determine whether the variable display result in the normal pattern display device 20 in the normal pattern display is "win" or "lose". It is a random number that can be set, and takes a value in the range of "3" to "13", for example.

FIG. 11-3 shows a configuration example of the special figure display result determination table stored in the ROM101. In this feature part 029SG, as a special figure display result determination table, a common special figure display result determination table is used for the first special figure and the second special figure, but the present invention is not limited to this , Separate special figure display result determination tables may be used for the first special figure and the second special figure.

The special figure display result determination table is a special figure game using the first special figure by the first special symbol display device 4A and the special figure game using the second special figure by the second special symbol display device 4B. Before the determined special symbol is derived and displayed, whether or not to control the variable display result as "big win" to the big win game state is determined based on the random number value MR1 for judging the special figure display result. It is a table where

In the special figure display result determination table in this feature part 029SG, depending on whether the game state in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is a normal state or a time saving state (low probability state) or a variable probability state (high probability state), A numerical value (judgment value) to be compared with the random number MR1 for judging the figure display result is assigned to the special figure display result of "jackpot" or "loss".

In the special figure display result determination table, the table data showing the judgment value to be compared with the random number MR1 for special figure display result judgment determines whether or not to control the special figure display result to the big hit game state as "big hit". It is the judgment data assigned to the result. In the special figure display result determination table in this characteristic portion 029SG, when the gaming state is a probability variable state (high probability state), more determination values than when it is a normal state or time saving state (low probability state), It is assigned to the special figure display result of "jackpot". As a result, in the variable probability state (high probability state) where the variable probability control is performed in the pachinko game machine 1, when the normal state or the time saving state (low probability state), the special figure display result is set as "big hit" and controlled to the big hit game state. Then, compared to the determined probability (approximately 1/300 in this characteristic portion 029SG), the probability of being determined when the special figure display result is set to "big hit" and controlled to the big hit game state becomes higher (approximately 1 in this characteristic portion 029SG). /30). That is, in the special figure display result determination table, when the game state in the pachinko game machine 1 is a probability variable state (high probability state), it is determined to control to a big hit game state compared to the normal state or time saving state. Judgment data is assigned to the determination result as to whether or not to control to the jackpot game state so as to increase the probability.

FIG. 11-4(A) shows a configuration example of a jackpot type determination table stored in the ROM 101. FIG. The jackpot type determination table in this characteristic part 029SG is based on the random number MR2 for jackpot type determination, when it is determined to control the special figure display result as "big hit" to the jackpot game state. It is a table that is referenced to determine whether In the big hit type determination table, the special symbol for which variable display (variable display) is performed in the special symbol game is the first special symbol (special symbol game by the first special symbol display device 4A) or the second special symbol (second 2 special symbol display device 4B), the numerical value (judgment value) to be compared with the random number MR2 for judging the type of jackpot is "non-probability variable jackpot", "probability variable jackpot A", " It is assigned to a plurality of types of jackpots, such as "probability variable big hit B" and "probability variable big hit C".

Here, the jackpot type in this feature part 029SG will be described with reference to FIG. 11-4 (B). "Probability variable jackpot A" and "probability variable jackpot B" which are executed and shift to a high probability high base state, and high probability low base state in which high probability control is executed after the end of the jackpot game state but time saving control is not executed. There are set a "probability variable big hit C" to shift and a "non-probability variable big hit" to shift to a low probability high base state by executing only time saving control after the end of the big win game state.

The jackpot game state by the "probability variable jackpot A" is a normal open jackpot in which 10 rounds (so-called 10 rounds) of changing the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state advantageous to the player are repeated. On the other hand, the big-hit game state by the "probability variable big-hit B" is a normal open big-hit game in which five rounds (so-called five rounds) are repeated to change the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state advantageous to the player. . The big win game state by the "probability variable big win C" is a normal open big win in which two rounds (so-called two rounds) of changing the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state advantageous to the player are repeated. In addition, the big win game state by the "non-probability variable big win" is a normal open big win in which 10 rounds (so-called 10 rounds) of changing the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state advantageous to the player are repeated. . Therefore, "variable big hit A" is called 10 rounds (10R) big hit, "variable big hit B" is called 5 rounds (5R) big hit, and "variable big hit C" is called 2 rounds (2R) big hit. may be called.

The high-accuracy control and time-saving control executed after the end of the big win game state of variable probability big win A to variable probability big win C are continuously executed until the big win occurs again after the end of the big win game state. Therefore, when the reoccurring big hit is one of the probability variable jackpot A to the probability variable jackpot C, the high-accuracy control and the time-saving control are executed again after the jackpot game state ends, so the jackpot game state changes from the normal state. It becomes a so-called continuous state that occurs continuously without intervening.

On the other hand, the time-saving control executed after the end of the jackpot gaming state by the "non-probable variable jackpot" is that the special figure game is executed a predetermined number of times (100 times in this feature part 029SG), or the special figure of the predetermined number of times The game ends when a big win game state is entered before the game is executed.

In the setting example of the jackpot type determination table shown in FIG. 11-4 (A), depending on whether the special figure to be variably displayed is the first special figure or the second special figure, "probability variable jackpot A", " Allocation of determination values to the jackpot types of "probability variable jackpot B", "probability variable jackpot C", and "non-probability variable jackpot" is different. That is, if the special figure to be variably displayed is the first special figure, the judgment value in the predetermined range (the value in the range of "81" to "100") has a small number of rounds "variable hit B" or "variable probability While assigned to the jackpot type of "jackpot C", when the special figure displayed variably is the second special figure, the judgment value is assigned to the jackpot type of "probability variation jackpot B" or "probability variation jackpot C" Not done. With such a setting, the jackpot type is determined to be one of a plurality of types based on the establishment of the first start condition for starting the special symbol game using the first special symbol by the first special symbol display device 4A. When the jackpot type is determined to be one of a plurality of types based on the establishment of the second start condition for starting the special symbol game using the second special symbol by the second special symbol display device 4B. , the ratio of determining the jackpot type to the "probability variable big hit B" or "probability variable big hit C" with a small number of rounds can be made different. In particular, in the special game using the second special figure, it is not decided to control the big hit type as "probable variable big hit B" or "probable variable big hit C" to a big hit state with a small number of rounds. In a game state in which game balls are likely to enter the second starting winning port formed by the variable winning ball device 6B by the high opening control, the frequent occurrence of a big win state with few winning balls is avoided and the interest in the game is reduced. It is designed to prevent this from happening.

In addition, in the setting example of the jackpot type determination table shown in FIG. 11-4 (A), the allocation of the determination value for the "non-variable" jackpot type is the first special figure special figure game or the second special figure Since it is the same regardless of whether it is a non-variable jackpot or a definite variable jackpot, the probability is the same regardless of whether it is the first special game or the second special game. It is said that

Therefore, as described above, depending on whether the allocation of the determination value for "variable probability big hit B" or "variable probability big hit C" is different depending on whether it is a special game of the first special figure or a second special figure Then, the allocation of the judgment value for the "probable variable jackpot A" also differs depending on whether it is the special game of the first special figure or the second special figure. It is set to be easier to determine in the case of the special game of the special figure than in the case of the first special figure of the special game.

In addition, even in the case of the special game of the second special figure, the judgment value in a predetermined range different from that of the special game of the first special figure is the "variable probability big hit B" or "variable probability big hit C". You may make it assign to a classification. For example, in the case of the special game of the second special, the judgment value less than that of the special game of the first special is the big hit type of "probable variable big hit B" or "probable variable big hit C". may be assigned. Alternatively, the jackpot type may be determined by referring to common table data regardless of whether the game is the special game of the first special figure or the second special figure.

FIG. 11-5 shows the variation pattern in this characteristic portion 029SG. In this characteristic portion 029SG, among the cases where the variable display result is "missing", the variable A plurality of variation patterns are prepared in advance corresponding to the case where the display result is a "big hit". In addition, the variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "loss" and the variation display mode of the decoration pattern is "non-reach" is called a non-reach variation pattern (also referred to as "non-reach loss variation pattern"), A variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "lost" and the variation display mode of the decoration pattern is "reach" is called a reach variation pattern (also referred to as "reach loss variation pattern"). Also, the non-reach variation pattern and the reach variation pattern are included in the loss variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "loss". A variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is a "big hit" is called a big hit variation pattern.

The jackpot variation pattern and reach variation pattern include a normal reach variation pattern in which a normal reach reach effect is executed and a super reach variation pattern in which a super reach reach effect is executed. Although one type of normal reach variation pattern is provided in this characteristic portion 029SG, the present invention is not limited to this, and two or more types of normal reach variation patterns may be provided. In addition, in this characteristic portion 029SG, as super reach variation patterns, super reach α, super reach β, super reach γ, super reach δ, super reach ε, super reach ζ, super reach η, super reach θ, super reach ι, super Although 11 kinds of variation patterns of reach κ and super reach λ are provided, the present invention is not limited to this, and 12 or more or 10 or less kinds of super reach variation patterns may be provided.

In addition, the super reach variation pattern in this feature part 029SG is a variation pattern (PA2-2) that is different from the variation pattern (PB1-2) that the variable display result becomes a big hit as a variation pattern of super reach α, and a variation pattern (PA2-2) of super reach β. As the variation pattern, the variation pattern (PB1-3) in which the variable display result is a big hit and the variation pattern (PA2-3) in which the variable display result is a big hit, and the variation pattern (PB1-4) in which the variable display result is a big hit as the variation pattern of super reach γ ), a variation pattern (PA2-5) in which the variable display result is out of line as the variation pattern of super reach δ, and a variation pattern in which the variable display result is out of line as the variation pattern of super reach ε. a variation pattern (PA2-6) that is different from the variation pattern (PB1-5) in which the variable display result is a big hit as a variation pattern of super reach ζ (PA2-7), and a variation pattern of super reach η As a variation pattern (PB1-6) in which the variable display result is a big hit, and a variation pattern (PA2-8) in which the variable display result is a big hit, and a variation pattern (PB1-7) in which the variable display result is a big hit as a variation pattern of super reach θ A variation pattern (PA2-9) that is a failure, and a variation pattern (PA2-10) that is not a variation pattern (PB1-8) where the variable display result is a big hit as a variation pattern of super reach ι, and a variation pattern (PA2-10) of super reach κ A variation pattern (PA2-11) that is different from the variation pattern (PB1-9) in which the variable display result is a big hit as the variation pattern, and a variation pattern (PB1-10) in which the variable display result is a big hit as the variation pattern of the super reach λ ) and a variation pattern (PA2-12) are provided.

As shown in FIG. 11-5, the special figure fluctuation time of the normal reach fluctuation pattern in which the reach production of the normal reach in this characteristic portion 029SG is executed is set shorter than the super reach fluctuation pattern.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, since it is set so that the degree of expectation for a big hit in which the variable display result is "big hit" increases in the order of super reach, normal reach, and non-reach, in the normal reach fluctuation pattern and the super reach fluctuation pattern Except for some exceptions, the longer the special figure fluctuation time, the higher the expectation of a big hit.

In particular, the special figure fluctuation time of the super reach β fluctuation pattern is set longer than the special figure fluctuation time of the super reach α fluctuation pattern, and the special figure fluctuation time of the super reach γ fluctuation pattern is that of the super reach β fluctuation pattern It is set longer than the special figure variation time, the special figure variation time of the super reach δ variation pattern is set longer than the special figure variation time of the super reach γ variation pattern, and the special figure of the super reach ε variation pattern The variation time is set longer than the special figure variation time of the super reach δ variation pattern, and the special figure variation time of the super reach ζ variation pattern is set longer than the special figure variation time of the super reach ε variation pattern. , the special figure variation time of the super reach η variation pattern is set longer than the special figure variation time of the super reach ζ variation pattern, and the special figure variation time of the super reach θ variation pattern is the same as that of the super reach η variation pattern. It is set longer than the special figure variation time, the special figure variation time of the super reach ι variation pattern is set longer than the special figure variation time of the super reach θ variation pattern, and the special figure of the super reach κ variation pattern The fluctuation time is set longer than the special figure fluctuation time of the super reach ι fluctuation pattern.

Of these super reach α fluctuation pattern to super reach κ fluctuation pattern, the super reach δ fluctuation pattern and the super reach ε fluctuation pattern are not provided with a fluctuation pattern in which the variable display result is a big win. That is, for these super reach α fluctuation pattern ~ super reach κ fluctuation pattern, for the fluctuation patterns excluding the super reach δ fluctuation pattern and the super reach ε fluctuation pattern, the super reach α fluctuation pattern has the shortest special figure fluctuation time and The degree of expectation for a big hit is set low, and the degree of expectation for a big hit is set to increase as the special figure fluctuation time becomes longer.

Furthermore, in this characteristic portion 029SG, a super reach λ variation pattern is provided as a super reach variation pattern with a higher expectation for a big hit than the super reach κ variation pattern. In the super reach λ fluctuation pattern, the special figure fluctuation time is exceptionally set to be longer than the super reach ζ fluctuation pattern and shorter than the super reach η fluctuation pattern.

Further, in the characteristic portion 029SG, as will be described later, these variation patterns are determined using only the random number MR3 for determining the variation pattern, but the present invention is not limited to this. , For example, in addition to the random value MR3 for determining the variation pattern, a random value for determining the type of variation pattern is provided, and the type of variation pattern is first determined from the random value for determining the type of variation pattern, and then the A variation pattern belonging to the determined type may be determined.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-7 (A), the super reach α fluctuation pattern (PA2-2, PB1-2) is the length of the execution period as a reach effect of super reach during variable display is a variation pattern in which the ready-to-win effect A of L1 is executed and a variable display result is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect A. As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-7 (B), the super reach β fluctuation pattern (PA2-3, PB1-3) is a super reach performance during variable display, and the length of the execution period is L2. It is a variation pattern in which a ready-to-win effect B of (L2>L1) is executed and a variable display result is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect B.

As shown in FIGS. 11-7(A) and 11-7(B), the super reach α variation pattern and the super reach β variation pattern are determined from the variable display start timing to the end timing of the reach effect (notification of the variable display result). Timing), it is also a variation pattern that can execute a meter effect that suggests execution of a high-expectation reach effect development notification effect. In addition, as described above, the length L2 of the execution period of the ready-to-win effect B is set longer than the length L1 of the execution period of the ready-to-win effect A, so the length of the meter effect executable period in the super reach β fluctuation pattern The length L5 is set longer than the length L4 of the meter effect executable period in the super reach α variation pattern (L5>L4).

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-7(C), the super reach γ variation pattern (PA2-4, PB1-4) is a reach effect C or a reach effect D as a reach effect of super reach during variable display. is executed, and a variable display result is notified as the effect result of these ready-to-win effect C or ready-to-win effect D. Both the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D are set to the length L3 in the execution period. Also, the super reach γ variation pattern is such that, during the execution period of the ready-to-reach performance C and the ready-to-reach performance D, the ready-to-reach performance H is further executed after the variable display result is reported as the performance result of the ready-to-reach performance C and the ready-to-reach performance D. or a high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect that notifies that either of the ready-to-reach effect F or the ready-to-reach effect I will be executed (which notification It is also a variation pattern that can execute a branch destination suggesting effect that suggests whether to branch to the effect.

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-7 (D), the super reach δ variation pattern (PA2-5) is a reach effect B with an execution period length of L2 as a reach effect of super reach during variable display. is executed to notify that the variable display result is a loss, and then the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect that suggests the development to the ready-to-win effect E can be executed (the length of the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect executable period: L6a). , and it is a variation pattern that does not eventually develop into the ready-to-win effect E and notifies the deviation. Note that the super reach δ variation pattern, like the super reach β variation pattern, is a variation in which the meter effect can be executed from the start timing of the variable display to the end timing of the ready reach effect (the length of the period during which the meter effect can be executed: L5). This is also a pattern, and the length L5 of the meter effect executable period is set longer than the length L6a of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestion effect executable period.

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-8 (E), the super reach ε variation pattern (PA2-6) is a reach effect C or a reach effect D (either reach effect) as a reach effect of super reach during variable display. The length of the performance execution period is also executed L3), and after notifying that the variable display result is lost, it is possible to execute the ready-to-win performance G development suggesting performance to suggest the development to the ready-to-win performance G, and finally to the ready-to-win. This is a variation pattern in which deviation is notified without developing into performance G. Also, the super reach ε variation pattern is also a variation pattern in which the branch destination suggestive presentation can be executed during the execution period of the ready-to-reach presentation C and the ready-to-reach presentation D.

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-8(F), the super reach ζ variation pattern (PA2-7, PB1-5) has an execution period length of L2 as a reach performance of super reach during variable display. After executing the ready-to-reach performance B and informing that the variable display result is lost, the ready-to-reach performance E development suggesting performance can be executed, and further, the ready-to-reach performance E development notification performance ( It is a variation pattern in which the ready-to-win effect E is executed after the execution period of the ready-to-reach effect E development notification effect: L6b). Incidentally, the super reach ζ variation pattern is also a variation pattern in which the meter effect can be executed (the length of the meter effect executable period: L5) from the start timing of the variable display to the end timing of the ready reach effect B. The length L5 of the meter effect executable period is set longer than the length L6a of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestion effect executable period. The execution period length L6b of the ready-to-win effect E development notification effect is set shorter than the length L5 of the meter effect executable period. Also, in the super reach ζ variation pattern, the length of the period from the start timing of the ready reach effect E development notification effect to the end timing of the reach effect E (notification timing of variable display result) is set to L11.

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-8 (G), the super reach η variation pattern (PA2-8, PB1-6) executes reach effect A as the reach effect of super reach during variable display, A high-expectation ready-to-reach performance notifying that the ready-to-win performance A is replaced with the ready-to-win performance A in the middle of the ready-to-win performance A and developed into a ready-to-win performance with a high degree of expectation for big win (ready-to-win performance F or ready-to-win performance I to be described later in the case of this characteristic part). It is a variation pattern in which the ready-to-win effect E is executed for a long period L7 (L7>L6b) longer than the length L6b of the execution period of the extended notification effect, and the ready-to-win effect F is executed. In addition, the super reach η variation pattern can execute a meter effect from the start timing of the variable display to the timing when the reach effect A switches to the high-expectation reach effect development notification effect. Since the effect is switched to the effect development notification effect, the length of the meter effect executable period is also a variation pattern of L4'), which is shorter than L4. In addition, in the super reach η variation pattern, the length of the period from the start timing of the high-expectation reach performance development notification performance to the end timing of the reach performance F (notification timing of the variable display result) is the reach performance in the super reach ζ variation pattern. It is set to L12 (L12>L11), which is longer than the length L11 of the period from the start timing of the E advanced notification effect to the end timing of the ready-to-win effect E.

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-8 (H), the super reach θ variation pattern (PA2-9, PB1-7) is a reach effect C or a reach effect D as a reach effect of super reach during variable display. (the length of the execution period of any ready-to-win effect is also L3), and after notifying that the variable display result is lost in these ready-to-win effect C or ready-to-win effect D, the ready-to-win effect G development suggesting effect can be executed. Further, the ready-to-reach performance G development notification performance for notifying the development to the ready-to-reach performance G is executed over L8 (L7>L8) which is shorter than the execution period length L7 of the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance. It is a variation pattern in which the ready-to-win effect G is further executed. In addition, the super reach θ variation pattern is also a variation pattern in which the branch destination suggestive presentation can be executed during the execution period of the ready-to-reach presentation C and the ready-to-reach presentation D.

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-9 (I), the super reach ι variation pattern (PA2-10, PB1-8) is a reach effect C or a reach effect D as a reach effect of super reach during variable display. is executed, the ready-to-win performance H development notification for notifying that the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-win performance D is replaced with the ready-to-win performance C or the ready-to-win performance D from the middle and the advance performance and the sign performance are executed, and that the ready-to-win performance H develops further. It is a variation pattern in which the production is executed and the ready-to-win production H is executed. Also, the super reach ι variation pattern is also a variation pattern in which the branch destination suggestive effect can be executed during the execution period of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D.

As shown in FIGS. 11-5 and 11-9 (J), the super reach κ variation pattern (PA2-11, PB1-9) is a reach effect C or a reach effect D as a reach effect of super reach during variable display. is executed, a preliminary performance and a precursor performance are executed instead of the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-reach performance D from the middle of the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-reach performance D, and further, a high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development in which the length of the execution period is L7. It is a variation pattern in which the notification effect is executed and the ready-to-win effect I is executed. Also, the super reach κ variation pattern is also a variation pattern in which the branch destination suggesting presentation can be executed during the execution period of the reach presentation C and the reach presentation D. In addition, in the super reach κ variation pattern, the length of the period from the start timing of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect to the end timing of the reach effect I (notification timing of the variable display result) It is set to L13 (L13>L12>L11) longer than the length L12 of the period from the start timing of the ready-to-win effect development notification effect to the end timing of the ready-to-win effect F.

The super reach λ variation pattern (PA2-12, PB1-10) is a high-expectation reach performance development in which the length of the execution period is L7 from the timing before the reach in the other super reach variation patterns during variable display. It is a variation pattern in which the notification effect is executed and the ready-to-win effect I is executed. In addition, the super reach λ fluctuation pattern can execute a meter effect from the start timing of the variable display to the start timing of the high-expectation reach production development notification effect (from the timing before the high-expectation reach production development notification Since the effect is executed, the length of the meter effect executable period is L4'', which is shorter than L4': L4>L4'>L4''). In addition, in the super reach λ variation pattern, the length of the period from the start timing of the high-expectation reach performance development notification effect to the end timing of the reach effect I (notification timing of the variable display result) is L13 (L13 >L12>L11).

In particular, as shown in FIGS. 11-10 (A) and 11-10 (B), as the high-expectation reach effect development notification effect in this feature part 029SG, the display area of the image display device 5 is darkened. A blackout effect of making the performance image displayed on the image display device 5 difficult to see, a front stage effect of displaying a front line on the image display device 5 after the blackout effect, and a switching effect after the front stage effect. Then, after the switching effect, the image display device 5 displays a post-dialogue, and after the post-stage effect, the movable body 32 is moved from the origin position above the image display device 5 to the front of the display area of the image display device 5. and a movable body effect to drop (movement) to the effect position that overlaps the substantially central position.

As shown in FIGS. 11-10(B) and 11-55, the front-stage effect displays the contents of the lines spoken by the character displayed on the image display device 5 as the character image 029SG007 in the display area of the image display device 5. Together with this, it is an effect in which audio information is output from the speakers 8L and 8R.

As shown in FIGS. 11-10(B) and 11-55, the latter-stage effect is to display the contents of the lines spoken by the character in the display area of the image display device 5 as a character image 029SG008 following the former-stage effect. This is an effect of outputting audio information from the speakers 8L and 8R.

As shown in FIG. 11-10(B), the line in the first stage is "You're not alone... I'll show you everyone's power!", and the line in the second stage is "Miracle attack!".

More specifically, the pre-stage production consists of a first period and a second period. During the first period, the words "I'm not alone..." In the display area of the image display device 5, the seven characters "You are not alone..." are displayed. In the second period, the words "I'll show you everyone's power!" A character is displayed below the character "I'm not alone...". In addition, the latter stage production is also composed of a first period and a second period. Four characters of "Miracle" are displayed. In the second period, the words "Attack!" are output from the speakers 8L and 8R, and the five characters "Attack!" Is displayed.

That is, in the front-stage production and the rear-stage production in this characteristic portion 029SG, the number of characters displayed in the first period of the front-stage production is greater than the number of characters displayed in the first period of the rear-stage production. The number of characters displayed in the second period is greater than the number of characters displayed in the second period of the latter stage effect.

Further, as shown in FIG. 11-10(B), the display mode of the lines in the first stage production is different from the display mode of the lines in the second stage production. It is displayed in a display mode with a higher degree of emphasis than the mode.

For example, in the first stage production, the background screen and character images of the image display device 5 are displayed in a dark mode, and the character image 029SG007 consisting of a plurality of characters (for example, "I'm not alone...") is gradually displayed in the first period. The character image 029SG007 displayed in a large and bright mode (fade-in) and then consisting of a plurality of characters (for example, "I'll show you everyone's power!") gradually becomes larger and brighter in the second period. It is displayed in a different aspect (fade-in). In addition, after the character image 029SG007 (for example, "I'm not alone... I'll show you everyone's power!") is displayed in the largest size and in the brightest color, it gradually becomes smaller and darker (fade-out). and eventually disappear. Note that the character image 029SG007 may move while fading in or fading out.

On the other hand, in the second stage effect, the background screen of the image display device 5 is displayed in a brighter mode than in the first stage effect, and a plurality of character images 029SG008 (for example, "mi", "la", "ku", "ru") consisting of one character are displayed. ) is displayed (dynamically displayed) so as to rotate from the right side of the display screen to the center in order (frame-in) (dynamic display) in the first period, and a plurality of character images 029SG008 (for example, ``A'', ``Ta'', ``T'', ``Q'', and ``!'') are displayed (dynamic display) so as to move while rotating from the bottom side of the display screen toward the center in the second period (frame-in). be done. In addition, after these character images 029SG008 (for example, "Miracle Attack!") are displayed in the largest size and brightest, they move radially outward and then disappear outside the display screen. It is displayed in a form (frame out) that goes on.

As shown in FIG. 11-10(B), the character image 029SG007 in the front stage effect is small, planar (two-dimensional), moves slowly (speed of change in display mode due to fade-in), and is displayed with low brightness. . On the other hand, the character image 029SG008 in the second stage effect is larger than the character image 029SG007 in the first stage effect, has a three-dimensional shape (three-dimensional), has a fast movement (speed of change in display mode (moving speed) due to frame-in), and has a high brightness. displayed (see Figure 11-55).

Note that if the maximum size and brightness of the character image 029SG008 in the post-stage presentation are larger and brighter than the maximum size and brightness of the character image 029SG007 in the pre-stage presentation, the character image during fade-in or frame-in The size and brightness of a part of may have an inverse relationship. Also, although the contents of the lines are different between the front stage production and the rear stage production, at least part of the contents may be common.

In this way, the degree of emphasis is higher when the size of the character image that constitutes the serif is small, but when it is larger, the degree of emphasis is higher when the image is three-dimensional than when it is two-dimensional. It can be said that the higher the brightness is, the higher the degree of emphasis is than the lower the brightness is. In the above description, the size, form, movement, and brightness of the character image are exemplified in a form in which the degree of emphasis is higher in the latter stage than in the former stage. The degree of emphasis of at least one of the size, form, movement, and brightness of the character image should be higher than that of the character image in the preceding stage effect. In addition to the above, for example, the degree of emphasis is higher for thicker characters than for thinner characters, and higher for colors with lower saturation and brightness. good too. Furthermore, not only the display mode of the character image itself, but also a special image such as an effect image may be displayed around the character image to enhance the degree of emphasis.

FIG. 11-6 is an explanatory diagram of the determination method of the variation pattern in the characteristic part 029SG. In this characteristic part 029SG, the variation pattern determination table to be selected is changed according to the display result of the variable display to be executed and the number of pending memories.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-6, when the variable display result is a big hit, a big-hit variation pattern determination table is selected, and the variation pattern is determined using the big-hit variation pattern determination table PB1-1. (Normal reach jackpot variation pattern), PB1-2 (Super reach α jackpot variation pattern), PB1-3 (Super reach β jackpot variation pattern), PB1-4 (Super reach γ jackpot variation pattern), PB1-5 (variation pattern of super reach ζ jackpot), PB1-6 (variation pattern of super reach η jackpot), PB1-7 (variation pattern of super reach θ jackpot), PB1-8 (variation pattern of super reach ι jackpot), PB1 -9 (super reach κ jackpot variation pattern) and PB1-10 (super reach λ jackpot variation pattern).

In addition, when determining the variation pattern using the big hit variation pattern determination table, the determination ratio of PB1-1 (variation pattern of normal reach big hit) is set to the lowest, PB1-2 (super reach α variation pattern of big hit) , PB1-3 (super reach β jackpot variation pattern), PB1-4 (super reach γ jackpot variation pattern), PB1-5 (super reach ζ jackpot variation pattern), PB1-6 (super reach η jackpot variation pattern), PB1-7 (super reach θ jackpot variation pattern), PB1-8 (super reach ι jackpot variation pattern), PB1-9 (super reach κ jackpot variation pattern), PB1-10 (super reach λ jackpot) (variation pattern) in order to increase the determination ratio (determination ratio of each super reach variation pattern when selecting the jackpot variation pattern determination table: PB1-2 < PB1-3 < PB1-4 < PB1-5 < PB1-6<PB1-7<PB1-8<PB1-9<PB1-10).

In this characteristic part 029SG, if the variable display result is a big hit, the same variation pattern determination table for big wins is used to determine the variation pattern regardless of the type of the big win. However, a plurality of big hit variation pattern determination tables with different determination ratios of PB1-1, PB1-2, and PB1-3 are provided, and at least two or more big hit variation pattern determination ratios are different. A plurality of big-hit variation pattern determination tables may be provided, and a variation pattern may be determined using different big-hit variation pattern determination tables according to the type of the big win. By doing so, it is possible to create a variation pattern that can be easily determined for each big win type, so that the player can be made to pay attention to which variation pattern variable display results in a big win. It can improve amusement interest.

Also, when the variable display result is "missing" in the normal game state (low base state) and the number of pending memories of the variation special figure is 2 or less, select the variation pattern determination table A for loss, Using the fluctuation pattern determination table A for loss, the fluctuation pattern is PA1-1 (non-reach fluctuation pattern), PA2-1 (normal reach fluctuation pattern), PA2-2 (super reach α fluctuation pattern), PA2 -3 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach β), PA2-4 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach γ), PA2-5 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach δ), PA2-6 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach ε) , PA2-7 (super reach ζ deviation variation pattern), PA2-8 (super reach η deviation variation pattern), PA2-9 (super reach θ deviation variation pattern), PA2-10 (super reach ι deviation variation pattern), PA2-11 (variation pattern of super reach κ deviation), and PA2-12 (variation pattern of super reach λ deviation).

In addition, when the variable display result is "loss" in the normal game state (low base state), and the number of pending memories of the variation special figure is 3, the variation pattern determination table B for loss is selected, and the loss Using the fluctuation pattern determination table B, the fluctuation pattern is PA1-2 (shortening fluctuation pattern of non-reach loss), PA2-1 (variation pattern of normal reach loss), PA2-2 (variation pattern of super reach α loss), PA2 -3 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach β), PA2-4 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach γ), PA2-5 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach δ), PA2-6 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach ε) , PA2-7 (super reach ζ deviation variation pattern), PA2-8 (super reach η deviation variation pattern), PA2-9 (super reach θ deviation variation pattern), PA2-10 (super reach ι deviation variation pattern), PA2-11 (variation pattern of super reach κ deviation), and PA2-12 (variation pattern of super reach λ deviation).

In addition, when the variable display result is "loss" in the normal game state (low base state), and the number of pending memories of the variation special figure is 4, select the variation pattern determination table C for loss, and the loss Using the fluctuation pattern determination table C, the fluctuation patterns are PA1-3 (shortening fluctuation pattern of non-reach loss), PA2-1 (variation pattern of normal reach loss), PA2-2 (variation pattern of super reach α loss), PA2 -3 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach β), PA2-4 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach γ), PA2-5 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach δ), PA2-6 (fluctuation pattern of missing super reach ε) , PA2-7 (super reach ζ deviation variation pattern), PA2-8 (super reach η deviation variation pattern), PA2-9 (super reach θ deviation variation pattern), PA2-10 (super reach ι deviation variation pattern), PA2-11 (variation pattern of super reach κ deviation), and PA2-12 (variation pattern of super reach λ deviation).

Also, if the variable display result is "loss" in the time saving state (high base state), select the variation pattern determination table D for deviation, and use the variation pattern determination table D for deviation to determine the variation pattern PA1-4 (Shortening variation pattern for non-reach out of time), PA2-1 (variation pattern out of normal reach), PA2-2 (variation pattern out of super reach α), PA2-3 (variation pattern out of super reach β), PA2 -4 (fluctuation pattern of super reach γ missing), PA2-5 (fluctuation pattern of super reach δ missing), PA2-6 (fluctuation pattern of super reach ε missing), PA2-7 (fluctuation pattern of super reach ζ missing) , PA2-8 (super reach η deviation variation pattern), PA2-9 (super reach θ deviation variation pattern), PA2-10 (super reach ι deviation variation pattern), PA2-11 (super reach κ deviation variation pattern) and PA2-12 (fluctuation pattern of super reach λ deviation).

In other words, if the variable display result in this characteristic unit 029SG is "off", the number of pending storage of the variable special figure is 3 or 4, etc., or based on the time saving state, the special figure Since the rate of execution of variable display increases due to the shortening variation patterns (PA1-2, PA1-3, PA1-4) whose variation time is shorter than the normal non-reach variation pattern (PA1-1), It is possible to shorten the period until the next variable display result becomes a big hit while preventing the game from being delayed.

In addition, when the fluctuation pattern is determined using the fluctuation pattern determination tables A to D for loss, the fluctuation pattern of non-reach loss (PA1-1 in the case of fluctuation pattern judgment table A for loss, fluctuation pattern judgment table B for loss If PA1-2, PA1-3 if variation pattern determination table C for loss, PA1-4 if variation pattern determination table D for loss) is set to the highest determination ratio, PA2-1 (normal reach is lost variation pattern), PA2-2 (fluctuation pattern of super reach α), PA2-3 (fluctuation pattern of super reach β), PA2-4 (fluctuation pattern of super reach γ), PA2-5 (super reach δ variation pattern), PA2-6 (super reach ε variation pattern), PA2-7 (super reach ζ variation pattern), PA2-8 (super reach η variation pattern), PA2-9 ( Decide in order of fluctuation pattern of super reach θ), PA2-10 (variation pattern of super reach ι), PA2-11 (variation pattern of super reach κ), PA2-12 (variation pattern of super reach λ) The ratio may be set to be low (decision ratio of each super reach fluctuation pattern when selecting the deviation fluctuation pattern determination table: PA2-12 < PA2-11 < PA2-10 < PA2-9 < PA2-8 < PA2-7 <PA2-6<PA2-5<PA2-4<PA2-3<PA2-2).

By setting the determination ratio of each variation pattern in each variation pattern determination table as described above, for the super reach variation pattern, the jackpot expectation of the super reach α variation pattern is set to the lowest, and the super reach β variation The jackpot expectation level of the pattern is set higher than the jackpot expectation level of the super reach α fluctuation pattern, and the jackpot expectation level of the super reach γ fluctuation pattern is set higher than the jackpot expectation level of the super reach β fluctuation pattern, The expectation of jackpot with super reach ζ variation pattern is set higher than the expectation of jackpot with super reach γ variation pattern, and the expectation of jackpot with super reach η variation pattern is set higher than the expectation of jackpot with super reach ζ variation pattern. The expectation level of the super reach θ fluctuation pattern is set higher than the expectation level of the jackpot of the super reach η fluctuation pattern. is set higher than, super reach κ variation pattern jackpot expectation is set higher than super reach ι variation pattern jackpot expectation, super reach λ variation pattern jackpot expectation is super reach κ variation pattern It is set higher than the jackpot expectation of. As for the super reach δ variation pattern and the super reach ε variation pattern, only the variation pattern for the case where the variable display result is wrong as described above is provided, so the degree of expectation for the big hit is zero.

Next, the image display device 5 in the characteristic portion 029SG will be described. In the display area of the image display device 5, "left", "middle" and "right" effect pattern display areas 5L, 5C and 5R are arranged. In addition, a first reserved memory display area 029SG005D and a second reserved memory display area 029SG005U are set on the left and right of the lower portion of the display area of the image display device 5 . In the first reserved memory display area 029SG005D and the second reserved memory display area 029SG005U, a reserved memory display that displays the variable display reserved memory number (special figure reserved memory number) corresponding to the special figure game so that it can be specified is displayed. . In this characteristic part 029SG, these pending displays can be displayed in a plurality of display modes, and depending on which display mode the pending memory display is displayed, the variable display corresponding to the pending memory display is a big hit. It is possible to execute a look-ahead notice effect (also referred to as a pending display notice effect) that changes the rate of control in the game state (big hit expectation).

Further, on the right side of the image display device 5 in the characteristic portion 029SG, a meter 029SG005M is displayed, which can change the display mode to five levels (six levels if the meter effect non-execution state is included) as the above-mentioned meter effect. .

In the RAM 102 of the characteristic portion 029SG, there is a game control data holding area 029SG150 as shown in FIGS. is provided. The game control data holding area 029SG150 shown in FIG. 11-12 includes a first special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151A, a second special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151B, a normal figure reservation storage unit 029SG151C, and a game control flag setting unit 029SG152. , a game control timer setting unit 029SG153, a game control counter setting unit 029SG154, and a game control buffer setting unit 029SG155.

The first special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151A is a special feature that has not yet started although the game ball passes (enters) the first start prize opening formed by the prize ball device 6A and the start prize (first start prize) has occurred. The pending data of the figure game (the special figure game using the first special figure in the first special symbol display device 4A) is stored. As an example, the first special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151A is associated with the reservation number in the order of winning to the first start winning opening (the order of detection of the game ball), the first start condition in the passage (entry) of the game ball Retained data such as random number MR1 for special figure display result determination, random number MR2 for jackpot type determination, and random number MR3 for variation pattern determination extracted from random number circuit 104 etc. by CPU 103 based on establishment. , until the number of stored data reaches a predetermined upper limit value (for example, "4"). The suspension data stored in the first special figure suspension storage unit 029SG151A in this way indicates that the execution of the special figure game using the first special figure is suspended, and the variable display result (special figure display (result)), which makes it possible to determine whether or not it will be a big hit.

In the second special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151B, although the game ball passes (enters) the second start winning opening formed by the variable winning ball device 6B and the start winning (second starting winning) has occurred, it has not started yet. It stores the pending data of the special symbol game (the special symbol game using the second special symbol in the second special symbol display device 4B). As an example, the second special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151B is associated with the reservation number in the order of winning to the second start winning opening (the order of detection of the game ball), the second start condition in the passage (entry) of the game ball Random number MR1 for special figure display result determination, random number MR2 for jackpot type determination, and numerical data indicating random number MR3 for variation pattern determination extracted from the random number circuit 104 etc. by the CPU 103 based on establishment are reserved data. , the number is stored until it reaches a predetermined upper limit value (for example, "4"). The suspension data stored in the second special figure suspension storage unit 029SG151B in this way indicates that the execution of the special figure game using the second special figure is suspended, and the variable display result (special figure display (result)), which makes it possible to determine whether or not it will be a big hit.

In addition, reservation information (first reservation information) based on the establishment of the first start condition due to the game ball passing (entering) the first start winning opening and the game ball passing (entering) the second start winning opening The suspension information (second suspension information) based on the establishment of the second starting prize by chance may be stored in association with the suspension number in the common suspension storage unit. In this case, starting opening data indicating which of the first starting winning opening and the second starting winning opening the game ball has passed through (entered) should be included in the holding information and stored in association with the holding number. .

The normal pattern pending storage unit 029SG151C stores the pending information of the normal pattern game which is not yet started by the normal pattern display device 20 even though the game ball passing through the passage gate 41 is detected by the gate switch 21 . For example, the general pattern reservation storage unit 029SG151C associates the game ball with the reservation number in the order in which it passed through the passage gate 41, and determines the general pattern display result extracted from the random number circuit 104 etc. by the CPU 103 based on the passage of the game ball. Numerical data indicating the random number MR4 for use is stored as reserved data until the number reaches a predetermined upper limit (for example, "4").

The game control flag setting unit 029SG152 is provided with a plurality of types of flags whose state can be updated according to the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1 or the like. For example, the game control flag setting unit 029SG152 stores data indicating the value of the flag and data indicating the ON state or OFF state for each of a plurality of types of flags.

Various timers used for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1 are provided in the game control timer setting unit 029SG153. For example, the game control timer setting unit 029SG153 stores data indicating timer values in each of a plurality of types of timers.

The game control counter setting unit 029SG154 is provided with a plurality of types of counters for counting count values used to control the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1 . For example, the game control counter setting unit 029SG154 stores data indicating the count value of each of a plurality of types of counters. Here, the game control counter setting unit 029SG154 may be provided with a random counter for counting part or all of the game random numbers so that the CPU 103 can update it by software.

In the random counter of the game control counter setting unit 029SG154, a random number that is not generated by the random number circuit 104, for example, numerical data representing the random numbers MR2 to MR4 is stored as a random count value, and according to the execution of the software by the CPU 103, Numerical data representing each random number is updated regularly or irregularly. The software executed by the CPU 103 to update the random count value may be software for updating the random count value separately from the numeric data update operation in the random number circuit 104, or may be software extracted from the random number circuit 104. The random count value may be updated by performing predetermined processing such as scrambling processing or arithmetic processing on all or part of the numerical data.

The game control buffer setting unit 029SG155 is provided with various buffers for temporarily storing data used to control the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1 . For example, the game control buffer setting unit 029SG155 stores data indicating buffer values in each of a plurality of types of buffers.

The RAM 122 mounted on the production control board 12 shown in FIG. Area 029SG190 is provided. The production control data holding area 029SG190 shown in FIG. 11-13 (A) includes a production control flag setting unit 029SG191, a production control timer setting unit 029SG192, a production control counter setting unit 029SG193, and a production control buffer setting unit 029SG194. I have.

The effect control flag setting unit 029SG191 stores a plurality of types of effect operation states, such as the display state of effect images on the screen of the image display device 5, and states that can be updated according to effect control commands transmitted from the main substrate 11, for example. is flagged. For example, the effect control flag setting unit 029SG191 stores data indicating the value of the flag and data indicating the ON state or the OFF state for each of a plurality of types of flags.

The effect control timer setting unit 029SG192 is provided with a plurality of types of timers used for controlling the progress of various effect operations such as display operations of effect images on the screen of the image display device 5, for example. For example, the effect control timer setting unit 029SG192 stores data indicating the timer value of each of a plurality of types of timers.

The production control counter setting unit 029SG193 is provided with a plurality of types of counters used for controlling the progress of various production operations. For example, the effect control counter setting unit 029SG193 stores data indicating the count value of each of a plurality of types of counters.

The effect control buffer setting unit 029SG194 is provided with various buffers for temporarily storing data used for controlling the progress of various effect operations. For example, the effect control buffer setting unit 029SG194 stores data indicating buffer values in each of a plurality of types of buffers.

In this characterizing portion 029SG, the data constituting the start winning reception command buffer 029SG194A as shown in FIG. In the start winning command buffer 029SG194A, the storage area corresponding to the maximum value (for example, "4") of the total number of reserved memories of the first special figure reserved memory (buffer numbers "1-1" to "1-4" Corresponding area) and a storage area corresponding to the first special figure being variably displayed (area corresponding to buffer number "1-0") are provided. In addition, in the start winning reception command buffer 029SG194A, the storage area (buffer number "2-1" to "2-4 ”) and a storage area (area corresponding to the buffer number “2-0”) corresponding to the second special figure being variably displayed. When there is a start prize to the first start prize mouth or the second start prize mouth, start mouth prize designation command (first start mouth prize designation command or second start mouth prize designation command), pattern designation command, variation category designation Four commands, a command and a pending memory number notification command (first pending memory number notification command or second pending memory number notification command), are transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 as one set. The storage area corresponding to the first special figure reservation storage and the storage area corresponding to the second special figure reservation storage in the start winning reception command buffer 029SG194A are these starting entrance winning designation command, pattern designation command, variation category designation command, A storage area (entry) is reserved for storing the number of pending memories notification command in association with the first special figure pending memory and the second special figure pending memory.

The storage contents of these storage areas (entries) will be described later when the start condition is satisfied and variable display of the highest reserved storage (buffer number "1-1" or buffer number "2-1") is started. , and the storage contents of the buffer number "1-0" or the buffer number "2-0" storing the contents of the reserved storage for which the start condition is satisfied are displayed in the variable display. It is designed to be cleared in the waiting process per special figure that is executed when ending the.

Further, in the start-up winning command buffer 029SG194A of the characteristic part 029SG, the determination of the display pattern associated with the determination of whether or not to execute the pre-reading notice effect in the pre-reading notice setting process (FIG. 11-20) is undecided. Whether or not, that is, due to the occurrence of a new start winning, the flag value corresponding to the starting entrance winning designation command, symbol designation command, variation category designation command, display pattern (display mode) of the pending memory display is set. A storage area is secured for each storage area (entry) so that the flag can be stored in association with each buffer number corresponding to the first special figure reservation storage and the second special figure reservation storage.

If execution of the pre-reading notice effect is not determined in the pre-reading notice setting process to be described later, "0" corresponding to the normal display pattern of the reserved memory display is stored in the reserved display flag. As a result, the reserved memory display in a normal display mode (for example, white circle) is displayed in the first reserved memory display area 029SG5D and the second reserved memory display area 029SG5U provided at the bottom of the image display device 5. When the execution of the reading announcement effect is determined, "1" (blue circle ) or "2" (red circle) is set, the reserved memory display in a special mode different from the normal display mode is displayed in the first reserved memory display area 029SG5D and the second reserved memory display area 029SG5U. , in the variable display corresponding to the reserved memory display, it is announced that there is a high possibility of a big hit or a super reach.

The effect control CPU 120 stores the command at the time of starting winning to the first starting winning opening, from the beginning (the entry with the smallest buffer number) in the empty entry corresponding to the first special figure reservation storage of the receiving command buffer 029SG194A at the time of starting winning. Then, at the time of starting winning to the second starting winning opening, the command is stored from the beginning of the empty entry corresponding to the second special figure reservation storage of the receiving command buffer 029SG194A at the time of starting winning (the entry with the youngest buffer number). go. At the time of starting winning, from the starting opening winning designation command to the reservation storage number notification command are sequentially transmitted. Therefore, if the command is received, the starting entrance winning designation command , symbol designating command, variation category designating command, and pending storage number notification command.

The commands stored in the command buffer 029SG194A received at the time of start winning shown in FIG. Entry number "1-0" or "2-0") is deleted, and the entry (buffer number "1-1" or "2-0") corresponding to the pending storage of the starting variable display is deleted. -1”) and the storage contents of the entries after the pending storage of the starting variable display are shifted. For example, in the storage state shown in FIG. 11-13 (B), when the variable display of the decoration pattern of the first special figure reservation storage is completed, each command stored in the buffer number "0" is deleted, and the buffer number Each command stored in "1" is shifted to buffer number "0", and each command stored in the area corresponding to buffer number "2" is shifted to the area corresponding to buffer number "1". The commands shifted and stored in areas corresponding to buffer numbers "3" and "4" are shifted to areas corresponding to buffer numbers "2" and "3". Therefore, the buffer number "0" becomes an area (entry) for storing each command related to the pending storage that is variably displayed at that time.

Next, the starting winning judgment processing of the characteristic portion 029SG executed in step S101 of FIG. 6 will be described based on FIGS. 11 to 14. FIG. In the starting winning determination process, the CPU 103 first turns on the first starting opening switch 22A based on the detection signal from the first starting opening switch 22A provided corresponding to the first starting winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6A. It is determined whether or not it is in the state (step 029SGS101a). At this time, if the first starting port switch 22A is in the ON state (step 029SGS101a; Y), the first special figure pending memory number, which is the number of reserved memories of the special figure game using the first special figure, is a predetermined upper limit. It is determined whether or not it has a value (for example, "4" as the upper limit storage number) (step 029 SGS102). CPU103, for example by reading the 1st reservation memory number count value which is the storage value of the 1st reservation memory number counter provided in game control counter setting section 029SG154, it should have specified the number of 1st special figure reservation memory. At step 029SGS102, when the number of first special figure pending storage is not the upper limit value (step 029SGS102; N), for example, the storage value of the starting opening buffer provided in the game control buffer setting unit 029SG155 is set to "1" ( step 029 SGS 103).

When the first starting port switch 22A is off at step 029SGS101a (step 029SGS101a; N), when the number of first special figure pending storage has reached the upper limit at step 029SGS102 (step 029SGS102; Y), variable Based on the detection signal from the second starting opening switch 22B provided corresponding to the second starting winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6B, it is determined whether the second starting opening switch 22B is in the ON state ( Step 029 SGS 101b). At this time, if the second starting port switch 22B is in the ON state (step 029SGS101b; Y), the second special figure pending memory number, which is the number of reserved memories of the special figure game using the second special figure, is a predetermined upper limit. It is determined whether or not it has a value (for example, "4" as the upper limit storage number) (step 029SGS105). CPU103, for example by reading the second reservation memory number count value is the stored value of the second reservation memory number counter provided in the game control counter setting unit 029SG154, it is sufficient if it can identify the number of second special figure reservation memory. At step 029SGS105, when the number of second special figure pending storage is not the upper limit (step 029SGS105; N), for example, the storage value of the starting opening buffer provided in the game control buffer setting unit 029SG155 is set to "2" ( step 029 SGS 106).

After executing either of the processes of step 029SGS103 and step 029SGS106, the number of special figure pending storage corresponding to the starting opening buffer value, which is the stored value of the starting opening buffer, is updated so as to add 1 (step 029SGS107). For example, when the starting buffer value is "1", the first reserved storage number count value is incremented by 1, while when the starting buffer value is "2", the second reserved storage number count value is incremented by 1. In this way, the first reserved memory number count value is set to 1 when the game ball passes (enters) the first start winning opening and the first start condition corresponding to the special figure game using the first special figure is established. Updated to increase. In addition, the second reserved memory number count value is 1 when the game ball passes (enters) the second start winning opening and the second start condition corresponding to the special figure game using the second special figure is established. Updated to increase. At this time, the total reserved storage number is also updated by adding 1 (step 029 SGS108). For example, the total reserved memory number count value, which is the stored value of the total reserved memory number counter provided in the game control counter setting unit 029SG154, may be updated so as to add 1.

After executing the process of step 029SGS108, the CPU 103 selects the random number MR1 for special figure display result determination and the jackpot type determination from among the numerical data updated by the random number circuit 104 and the random counter of the game control counter setting unit 029SG154. The numerical data indicating the random number MR2 for use and the random number MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern are extracted (step 029 SGS109). Numerical data indicating each random number extracted in this way is stored by being set as suspension information at the beginning of the empty entry in the special figure suspension storage unit corresponding to the start buffer value (step 029SGS110). For example, when the start buffer value is "1", numerical data indicating random numbers MR1 to MR3 are stored in the first special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151A, while when the start buffer value is "2", Numerical data indicating random numbers MR1 to MR3 are stored in the second special figure reservation storage unit 029SG151B.

The numerical data indicating the random number MR1 for judging the result of the special figure display and the random number MR2 for judging the type of the big hit determine whether or not the variable display result of the special symbol or the decorative symbol is to be a "big hit", and whether or not the variable display result is determined. It is used to determine the jackpot type in the case of "jackpot". The random number MR3 for determining the variation pattern is used to determine the variation pattern including the variable display time of the special symbols and decorative symbols. The CPU 103 executes the processing of step 029 SGS109 to extract numerical data representing all of the random numbers used for determining the variable display mode including the result of variable display of special symbols and decorative symbols and the variable display time.

Following the processing of step 029SGS110, the transmission setting of the starting opening winning designation command according to the starting opening buffer value is performed (step 029SGS111). For example, when the starting opening buffer value is "1", the storage address of the first starting opening winning designation command table in the ROM 101 is stored in the buffer area specified by the transmission command pointer in the transmission command buffer. 12 for transmitting the first starting entry winning designation command. On the other hand, when the starting opening buffer value is "2", the storage address of the second starting opening winning designation command table in the ROM 101 is stored in the buffer area of the transmission command buffer. Make settings for sending the second start winning designation command. The start opening winning designation command set in this manner is sent from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 by, for example, executing the command control process of step S27 shown in FIG. transmitted.

Following the processing of step 029SGS111, the winning random number determination processing is executed (step 029SGS112). After that, for example, by storing the storage address of the pending storage number notification command table in the ROM 101 in the buffer area specified by the transmission command pointer in the transmission command buffer, the pending storage number notification command is transmitted to the effect control board 12 (step 029 SGS113). The reserved memory number notification command set in this manner is, for example, after the special symbol process process is completed, by executing the command control process of step S27 shown in FIG. transmitted.

After executing the processing of step 029SGS113, it is determined whether or not the start buffer value is "1" (step 029SGS114). At this time, if the start buffer value is "1" (step 029SGS114; Y), the start buffer is cleared and the stored value is initialized to "0" (step 029SGS115). move on. On the other hand, when the start buffer value is "2" (step 029SGS114; N), after clearing the start buffer and initializing the stored value to "0" (step 029SGS116), End the process. Thus, even when both the first starter switch 22A and the second starter switch 22B simultaneously detect valid starting winnings of game balls, processing based on the detection of both valid starting winnings can be reliably completed.

FIG. 11-15(A) is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step 029 SGS112 of FIG. 11-14 as the winning random number determination process. In this characteristic portion 029SG, when variable display of special symbols and decorative symbols is started, special symbol normal processing (step S22 in FIG. 6, FIGS. result) is regarded as "big hit", and it is determined whether or not to control to the big hit game state. Also, in the variation pattern setting process (step S23 in FIG. 6, FIGS. 11 to 17), which will be described later, the variation pattern that specifically defines the variable display mode of the decoration pattern is determined. On the other hand, apart from these determinations, at the timing when the game ball is detected in the starting winning opening (first starting winning opening or second starting winning opening), the CPU 103 executes the random value determination process at the time of winning in step 029 SGS112. By doing so, it is determined whether or not it is determined that the jackpot symbol is to be displayed as a special figure display result, and whether or not the variable display mode of the decorative symbol becomes a predetermined display mode with super reach. As a result, before the start of the variable display of the special symbols and decorative symbols based on the detection of the game ball that has entered the starting winning hole, that is, before the start of the variable display, it is decided whether or not to make a big hit. Before, it is determined that the special figure display result is "big hit" and which category the variable display mode of the decorative pattern is the variable display mode, and based on the determination result, the effect control CPU 120 etc. , as will be described later, a preview effect such as a pre-reading preview effect is executed.

11-15 (A) in the random number determination process shown in FIG. Identify the current gaming state of machine 1 (step 029 SGS121). The CPU 103 specifies that the variable probability flag is on when the variable probability flag is on, specifies that it is the time saving state when the variable probability flag is off and the time saving flag is on, and both the variable probability flag and the time saving flag are specified. When it is off, it should be specified that it is in the normal state.

Following the processing of step 029SGS121, the display result determination table shown in FIG. 11-3 is selected and set (step 029SGS122). After that, it is determined whether or not the numerical data indicating the random number MR1 for special figure display result determination extracted at step 029SGS109 in FIGS. 11-14 is within a predetermined jackpot determination range (step 029SGS123). In the big hit determination range, individual determination values assigned to the special figure display result of "big hit" in the special figure display result determination table 1 selected by the processing of step 029SGS122 are set, and the CPU 103 determines the random value MR1 and each determination It suffices if it is possible to determine whether or not there is a determination value that matches the random value MR1 by comparing the values one by one. Alternatively, numerical values indicating the minimum (lower limit) and maximum (upper limit) of the determination values included in the jackpot determination range are set, and the CPU 103 determines the random number MR1 and the minimum and maximum values of the jackpot determination range. It is only necessary to determine whether or not the random number MR1 is within the jackpot determination range by comparison. At this time, by determining that the random number MR1 is within the jackpot determination range, it can be determined that the variable display result based on the reserved data including the random number MR1 is determined to be a "big hit".

When it is determined at step 029SGS123 that it is not within the big hit determination range, that is, when it is determined that the variable display does not result in a big hit (step 029SGS123; N), that is, the variable display result is "loss" in the variable display. In this case, the transmission setting of the first symbol designation command, which is the symbol designation command corresponding to the variable display result being "missing", is executed (step 029 SGS128), and whether the time saving flag is on or not, that is, , It is determined whether or not the current gaming state is the time saving state (step 029 SGS129). If the time saving flag is off (step 029SGS129; N), select and set the change pattern determination table A for loss, and if the time saving flag is on (step 029SGS129; Y), change pattern determination for loss Table D is selected and set (step 029 SGS131). Note that the deviation variation pattern determination table A is a deviation variation pattern determination table that is used when the number of pending memories is two or less. In addition, the variation pattern determination table for loss D is a variation pattern determination table for loss that is used when the game state is the high base state in which the time reduction control is executed.

In addition, when it is determined in step 029SGS123 that it is within the jackpot determination range, that is, when it is determined that a jackpot will be hit during variable display (step 029SGS123; Y), as shown in FIG. 11-15(A) , the jackpot type is determined based on the random number value MR2 for jackpot type determination (step 029 SGS132). At this time, the CPU 103, according to the variable special figure ("first special figure" corresponding to "1" or "second special figure" corresponding to "2") specified corresponding to the start buffer value , select table data for big hit type determination from the table data constituting the big hit type determination table. Then, by referring to the selected table data for determining the jackpot type, it is determined which of the plurality of types the jackpot type is determined.

In addition, the symbol designation command corresponding to the determined jackpot type, that is, the second symbol designation command in the case of the probability variation jackpot A, the third symbol designation command in the probability variation jackpot B, and the probability variation jackpot C in the case of the probability variation jackpot C Executes the transmission setting of the 4th symbol designation command, and the 5th symbol designation command if it is a non-variable hit (step 029SGS133), selects and sets the variation pattern determination table for the big hit (step 029SGS135), step 029 Go to SGS138.

After executing any of the processes of steps 029SGS130, step 029SGS131, and step 029SGS135, each variation pattern determination table set in each of these steps and numerical data indicating the random number MR3 for variation pattern determination are used to A variation category is determined according to the range of determination values that include the random number MR3 (step 029 SGS138). In this characteristic part 029SG, as shown in FIG. A variable category that is a variable display mode of "super reach", and a variable display mode (for example, normal reach) other than "non-reach" and "super reach" A variable category of "other" is provided, It suffices if it is possible to determine whether or not it is determined to be in such a variation category based on the random value MR3.

After that, after performing the setting for transmitting the variable category designation command according to the determination result by the process of step 029SGS138 to the effect control board 12 (step 029SGS139), the random value determination process at the time of winning is ended.

FIGS. 11-16 are flowcharts showing an example of the processing executed in S110 of FIG. 6 as the special symbol normal processing. In the special symbol normal process shown in FIGS. 11-16, the CPU 103 first determines whether or not the second special symbol pending storage number is "0" (step 029SGS141). The number of second special symbol pending storage is the number of pending storage of the special symbol game using the second special symbol by the second special symbol display device 4B. For example, in the processing of step 029SGS141, it is sufficient to read out the second reserved memory number count value stored in the game control counter setting section 029SG154 and determine whether or not the read value is "0".

In step 029SGS141, when the second special figure pending storage number is other than "0" (step 029SGS141; N), the pending data stored corresponding to the pending number "1" in the second special figure pending storage unit As such, the numerical data representing the random number MR1 for special figure display result determination, the random number MR2 for big hit type determination, and the random number MR3 for variation pattern determination are read out (step 029 SGS142). The numerical data read at this time may be temporarily stored in, for example, a variable random number buffer.

Subsequent to the processing of step 029 SGS142, by subtracting 1 from the second special figure reserved memory number count value and the total reserved memory number count value and updating it, subtract 1 from the second special figure reserved memory number and the total reserved memory number Update so as to allow, and update the data of the second special figure reservation storage unit. Specifically, the random numbers MR1 to MR3 stored in the entries lower than the reservation number "1" in the second special figure reservation storage unit (for example, the entries corresponding to the reservation numbers "2" to "4") are shown. The pending data is shifted upward one entry at a time (step 029 SGS143).

Then, after updating the fluctuation special figure designation buffer value which is the storage value of the fluctuation special figure designation buffer to "2" (step 029SGS144), it moves to step 029SGS149.

On the other hand, at step 029SGS141, when the second special figure pending memory number is "0" (step 029SGS141; Y), it is determined whether or not the first special figure pending memory number is "0" (step 029SGS145). . The number of first special figure reserved storage is the number of reserved memories of the special figure game using the first special figure by the first special symbol display device 4A. For example, in the process of step 029SGS145, read the first reserved memory number count value stored in the first reserved memory number counter in the game control counter setting unit 029SG154, it is determined whether the read value is "0". Just do it. Thus, the processing of step 029SGS145 is executed when it is determined that the second special figure pending storage number is "0" at step 029SGS141, and the first special figure pending storage number is "0". Determine whether or not As a result, the special figure game using the second special figure is started to be executed with priority over the special figure game using the first special figure.

In addition, the special game using the second special figure is not limited to being executed with priority over the special game using the first special figure. Execution of the special figure game may be started in the order in which the game ball enters (passes) and the starting prize is generated. In this case, a table is provided for storing data capable of specifying the order in which the starting prizes are generated, and execution of the special figure game using either the first special figure or the second special figure is started from the stored data. It should be possible to determine whether

When the first special figure pending storage number is other than "0" at step 029SGS145 (step 029SGS145; N), the pending data stored corresponding to the pending number "1" in the first special figure pending storage unit As such, the numerical data indicating the random number MR1 for special figure display result determination, the random number MR2 for big hit type determination, and the random number MR3 for variation pattern determination are read out (step 029 SGS146). The numerical data read at this time may be temporarily stored in, for example, a variable random number buffer.

Subsequent to the processing of step 029 SGS146, by subtracting 1 from the 1st special figure reserved memory number count value and the total reserved memory number count value and updating it, etc., subtract 1 from the 1st special figure reserved memory number and the total reserved memory number Update so as to allow, and update the data of the first special figure reservation storage unit. Specifically, the random numbers MR1 to MR3 stored in the entries lower than the reservation number "1" in the first special figure reservation storage unit (for example, the entries corresponding to the reservation numbers "2" to "4") are shown. The pending data is shifted upward one entry at a time (step 029 SGS147).

Then, after updating the fluctuation special figure designation buffer value which is the storage value of the fluctuation special figure designation buffer to "1" (step 029SGS148), it moves to step 029SGS149.

In step 029 SGS149, the special symbol display result determination shown in FIG. Select and set a table. Subsequently, numerical data indicating the random number MR1 for special figure display result judgment stored in the variable random number buffer is compared with the judgment value assigned to each special figure display result of "big hit" or "loss" , determines whether the special figure display result is a "jackpot" or "loss" (step 029SGS150a). In addition, in this step 029SGS150a, if the game state at that time is a high probability state (variable probability state) in which the variable probability flag is on, the random number MR1 for special figure display result determination is a high probability state (variable probability state ), it is determined as a “big hit” if it falls within the range of 10000 to 12180, and if not, it is determined as a “loss”. Also, if the probability variation flag is off low probability state, if the random number MR1 for special figure display result determination falls within the range of 1 to 219, it is determined as "big hit", and if not, it is determined as "off" judge.

Thus, in the special figure display result determination table 1 selected in step 029SGS149, different determination values are assigned to "big hit" corresponding to the game state (high probability, low probability) at that time. , in the process of step 029 SGS 150a, depending on whether the gaming state when the variable display of the special game or the like is started is a high probability state, using different determination data (determination value) special figure display result is determined to be a ``big hit'', when the game state is a high-probability state, it is determined (determined) as a ``big hit'' with a higher probability than when it is a low-probability state.

When it is judged to be a "big hit" at step 029SGS150a (step 029SGS150a; Y), the game control flag setting unit 029SG152 turns on the big hit flag (step 029SGS152). At this time, the jackpot type determination table shown in FIG. 11-4(A) is selected and set as a use table for determining one of a plurality of jackpot types (step 029 SGS153). By referring to the jackpot type determination table set in this way, numerical data indicating the random number value MR2 for jackpot type determination stored in the variable random number buffer, and "non-probability variable jackpot", "probability variable jackpot" in the jackpot type determination table A”, “probability variable jackpot B”, “probability variable jackpot C”, which of the judgment values assigned to each jackpot type matches, determines which of a plurality of types the jackpot type should be (step 029 SGS 154 ).

By determining the jackpot type in the process of step 029 SGS154, the game state after the end of the jackpot game state is set to either a time-saving state or a probability variable state having a higher advantage for the player than the time-saving state. It is determined before deriving the fixed special symbol as a result of variable display whether to control to . Corresponding to the determined jackpot type, for example, by setting the jackpot type buffer value, which is the stored value of the jackpot type buffer provided in the game control buffer setting unit 029SG155 (step 029SGS155), the determined jackpot type memorize As an example, if the jackpot type is "non-probable variable big hit" corresponding to non-probable variable big hit, the jackpot type buffer value is set to "0", and if it is "probable variable A" corresponding to probability variable big hit A, it is set to "1". If it is "variable probability B" corresponding to B, it is "2", and if it is "variable probability C" that corresponds to variable probability big hit C, it is "3".

After the end of step 029SGS155, or when it is determined that it is not a "jackpot" at step 029SGS150a (step 029SGS150a; N), whether to control to the jackpot game state (whether the jackpot flag is turned on) ), a fixed special symbol is set corresponding to the determination result of the jackpot type in the case of setting the jackpot game state. As an example, in response to the pre-determined result that the special figure display result is to be "missed", a special symbol indicating a sign of "-", which is a lost symbol, is set as a fixed special symbol. Also, when it is determined that the special figure display result is "big hit" at step 029SGS150a, if the big hit type at step 029SGS154 is "variable big hit A", a special symbol showing the number "7" is displayed. Set as a fixed special symbol. In addition, when the jackpot type is "probability variable jackpot B", a special symbol indicating the number "5" is set as the fixed special symbol. In addition, when the jackpot type is "non-probability variable jackpot", a special symbol indicating the number "3" is set as a fixed special symbol. Further, when the jackpot type is "probability variable jackpot C", the special symbol indicating the number "1" is set as the fixed special symbol. Incidentally, these fixed special symbols are examples, and fixed special symbols other than these may be set, and a plurality of types of symbols may be set as the fixed special symbols.

After setting the fixed special symbol in step 029SGS156, after updating the value of the special symbol process flag to "1" which is a value corresponding to the variation pattern setting process (step 029SGS157), the special symbol normal process is terminated. .

It should be noted that when the reserved memory number of the special game using the first special figure is "0" at step 029SGS145 (step 029SGS145; Y), after performing a predetermined demonstration display setting (step 029SGS158), End the special symbol normal process. In this demonstration display setting, for example, an effect control command (customer waiting demo designation command) for designating a demonstration display (demonstration screen display) by displaying a predetermined effect image on the image display device 5 is transmitted from the main board 11 to effect control. It is determined whether or not the transmission to the substrate 12 has been completed. At this time, if the customer waiting demonstration designation command has already been transmitted, the demonstration display setting is finished as it is. On the other hand, if the command has not been transmitted, the setting for transmitting the customer waiting demonstration designation command is performed, and then the demonstration display setting is completed.

FIGS. 11-17 are flowcharts showing an example of the process executed in step S111 of FIG. 6 as the variation pattern setting process. In the variation pattern setting process shown in FIGS. 11-17, the CPU 103 first determines whether or not the jackpot flag is turned on (step 029SGS161). Then, if the jackpot flag is turned on (step 029SGS161; Y), the jackpot variation pattern determination table is selected and set (step 029SGS164).

In the determination in step 029SGS161, if the big hit flag is not turned on (step 029SGS161; N), the game state is changed by determining whether the time saving flag is turned on in the game control flag setting unit. It is determined whether or not the time saving control is performed in the state or the time saving state (step 029SGS168). Then, if the time saving flag is turned on (step 029 SGS168; Y), select and set the deviation pattern determination table D as a table to be used for determining one of a plurality of types of variation patterns ( step 029 SGS169).

On the other hand, when it is not during the time saving control, that is, when the time saving flag is not turned on (step 029SGS168; N), for example, provided in the game control counter setting unit 029SG154, storage of the pending memory number counter of the variable special figure By reading the value or the like, the number of pending storage of the variable special figure is specified, and it is determined whether or not the specified number of pending storage of the specified variable special figure is 1 or 2 (step 029 SGS170).

If the number of pending memories of the specified fluctuation special figure is 1 or 2 (step 029 SGS170; N), the fluctuation pattern determination table A for loss is used as a table used for determining one of a plurality of types of fluctuation patterns. Select and set (step 029 SGS171).

In addition, when the reserved storage number of the specified fluctuation special figure is not 1 or 2 (step 029SGS170; N), it is further determined whether or not the reserved storage number of the specified fluctuation special figure is 3 (step 029SGS172 ).

If the number of pending memories of the specified fluctuation special figure is 3 (step 029 SGS172; Y), the fluctuation pattern determination table B for loss is selected as the table used for determining one of the plurality of types of fluctuation patterns. (step 029 SGS173).

In addition, if the number of reserved storage of the specified fluctuation special figure is not 3, that is, if the number of reserved storage of the specified fluctuation special figure is 4 (step 029 SGS172; N), the variation pattern is any of a plurality of types Select and set the variation pattern determination table C for failure as the table used for determining .

After executing any of the processes of step 029SGS164, step 029SGS169, step 029SGS171, step 029SGS173, and step 029SGS174, for example, numerical data indicating the random number MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern stored in the fluctuation random number buffer Based on, by referring to any of the selected (set) variation pattern determination table for big hits, variation pattern determination table for special hits, or variation pattern determination table for loss A to D, any of a plurality of types of variation patterns (Step 029SGS175).

Incidentally, when the big hit flag is off, it is determined whether or not the variable display mode of the decoration pattern is set to "reach" by determining the variation pattern in the process of step 029SGS175. In other words, the process of step 029 SGS170 includes the process of determining whether or not the variable display state of the decorative pattern is the ready-to-win state when the variable display result is "loss".

After determining the variation pattern in step 029 SGS175, according to the variation special symbol designation buffer value, special symbol game using the first special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A, and the second special symbol display device 4B The setting for starting the variation of the special symbol is performed so as to start any of the special symbol games using the second special symbol (step 029 SGS176). As an example, if the variable special figure designation buffer value is "1", the setting for transmitting the drive signal to update the display of the first special figure in the first special symbol display device 4A is performed. On the other hand, if the variable special figure designation buffer value is "2", the setting for transmitting the drive signal for updating the display of the second special figure in the second special symbol display device 4B is performed.

Following the processing of step 029SGS176, settings are made for transmitting various commands that are used at the start of fluctuation of special symbols (step 029SGS177). For example, when the variable special figure designation buffer value is "1", the CPU 103, from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12, the game state designation command, the first variable display start command, the fluctuation pattern designation command, the variable display In order to sequentially transmit the result designation command and the first pending storage number notification command, the setting data indicating the storage address (top address) in the ROM 101 of the first fluctuation start command table prepared in advance, the game control buffer setting unit The data is stored in the buffer area designated by the transmission command pointer in the transmission command buffer provided in the 029SG155. On the other hand, when the variable special figure designation buffer value is "2", the CPU 103 sends the game state designation command, the second variable display start command, the fluctuation pattern designation command, and the variable display from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12. In order to sequentially transmit the result designation command and the second pending storage number notification command, the setting data indicating the storage address in the ROM 101 of the second fluctuation start command table prepared in advance is provided in the game control buffer setting unit 029SG155. Stores in the buffer area specified by the send command pointer in the send command buffer.

After executing the processing of step 029SGS177, the special figure fluctuation time, which is the variable display time of the special symbol corresponding to the determination result of the fluctuation pattern, is set (step 029SGS178). The special symbol fluctuation time, which is the variable display time of the special symbol, is the time required from the start of the variable display of the special symbol in the special symbol game until the fixed special symbol, which is the variable display result (special symbol display result), is stopped and displayed. It's time. Thereafter, after updating the value of the special figure process flag to "2" which is the value corresponding to the special symbol variation process (step 029SGS179), the variation pattern setting process is terminated.

Based on the command transmission setting in step 029SGS177, every time the command control process of step S27 shown in FIG. A designation command, a first variable display start command or a second variable display start command, a variation pattern designation command, a variable display result designation command, a first reserved memory number notification command or a second reserved memory number notification command are sequentially transmitted. It will be. The order in which these effect control commands are transmitted can be arbitrarily changed. The commands may be transmitted in the order of the designation command, the game state designation command, the first reserved memory count notification command, or the second reserved memory count notification command.

FIGS. 11-18 are flowcharts showing an example of the processing executed in step S113 of FIG. 6 as the special symbol stop processing. In the special symbol stop processing, the CPU 103 turns on the end flag referred to in the special symbol variation processing of step S112 to end the variation of the special symbols, and the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B Control is performed to stop and display the stop symbol (step 029SGS180). In addition, when the fluctuation special figure designation buffer value is "1" indicating the first special figure, the fluctuation of the first special design in the first special design display device 4A is ended, and the fluctuation special figure designation buffer value is When it is "2" indicating the second special symbol, the variation of the second special symbol on the second special symbol display device 4B is ended. In addition, the control which transmits the design decision command to production control board 12 is done (step 029SGS181).

Then, it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is turned on (step 029 SGS182). When the jackpot flag is turned on (step 029SGS182; Y), the CPU 103 clears the probability variable flag and the time reduction flag to turn them off (step 029SGS184). , a winning start 1 designation command (probability variable jackpot A), a winning start 2 designation command (probability variable jackpot B), a winning start 3 designation command (probability variable jackpot C), according to the types of jackpots stored in the performance control board 12; The setting for transmitting the hit start 4 designation command (non-probable variation) is performed (step 029 SGS185).

Further, the CPU 103 performs setting for transmitting a game state specifying command indicating a normal state to the effect control board 12 (step 029 SGS186).

Then, a value corresponding to the big win display time (for example, the time for notifying the occurrence of the big win in the image display device 5) is set in the big win display time timer (step 029 SGS187). In addition, the number of opening times (for example, 10 times in the case of non-probability variable jackpot or probability variable jackpot A, 5 times in the case of probability variable jackpot B, and 2 times in the case of probability variable jackpot C) is set in the big winning opening opening counter. (step 029 SGS188). Then, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "4" (step 029 SGS189), which is the value corresponding to the big hit opening pre-processing (step S114), and the special symbol stop process is terminated.

On the other hand, when the jackpot flag is off (step 029SGS182; N), at step 029SGS190, the CPU 103 determines whether or not the value of the time saving number counter is "0". When the value of the time saving number counter is "0" (step 029SGS190; Y), the process proceeds to step 029SGS196.

On the other hand, if the value of the time saving number counter is not "0" (step 029 SGS190; N), that is, if the high base state in which the number of time saving times remains, the value of the time saving number counter is decremented by -1 (step 029 SGS191). Then, it is determined whether the value of the time saving number counter after subtraction is "0" (step 029SGS193), and if it is not "0" (step 029SGS193; N), the process proceeds to step 029SGS196, and the value of the time saving number counter is "0" (step 029SGS193; Y), in order to end the time saving control, after clearing the time saving flag to turn off (step 029SGS194), corresponding to the state of the probability variable flag or time saving flag After setting the transmission of the game state designation command corresponding to the game state (specifically, the low probability/low base state) (step 029SGS195), the process proceeds to step 029SGS196.

In step 029SGS196, after updating the value of the special symbol process flag to "0" which is a value corresponding to the special symbol normal processing, the special symbol stop processing is terminated.

11-19 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in S117 of FIG. 6 as the jackpot ending process.

In the jackpot end processing, the CPU 103 determines whether or not the jackpot end display timer is in operation, that is, the timer is counting (step 029 SGS201). When the jackpot end display timer is not in operation (step 029SGS201; N), the value corresponding to the display time corresponding to the time (jackpot end display time) for displaying the jackpot end display on the image display device 5. is set (step 029 SGS202), and the process ends.

On the other hand, when the jackpot end display timer is in operation (step 029SGS201; Y), the value of the jackpot end display timer is subtracted by 1 (step 029SGS203). Then, the CPU 103 confirms whether or not the value of the big win end display timer is 0, that is, whether or not the big win end display time has elapsed (step 029 SGS204). If it has not passed, the process is terminated.

If the jackpot end display time has elapsed (step 029SGS204; Y), the CPU 103 determines whether or not the stored jackpot type is non-probability variable jackpot (step 029SGS205).

When the stored jackpot type is not the non-probability variation jackpot (step 029SGS205; N), the probability variation flag is turned on (step 029SGS207), the time saving flag is turned on (step 029SGS208), and the time saving number counter is set to "0". is set (step 029SGS209), the process proceeds to step 029SGS213.

On the other hand, when the jackpot type is a non-probable variable jackpot (step 029SGS205; Y), by executing steps 029SGS211 and 029SGS212, the time saving flag is turned on and "100" is set to the time saving counter. After that, the process proceeds to step 029 SGS213.

In step 029SGS213, the jackpot flag is turned off, and transmission setting of a jackpot end designation command corresponding to the jackpot type is performed (step 029SGS214). Then, after setting the transmission setting of the game state designation command for notifying the effect control board 12 of the game state based on the probability variable flag and the time saving flag that have been turned on (step 029 SGS215), the value of the special process flag is changed to a special It is updated to "0" which is the value corresponding to the symbol normal processing (step 029 SGS216).

Next, the operation of the effect control board 12 will be described. FIG. 11-20 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S161 of FIG. 6 as the pre-reading notice setting process. In the pre-reading notice setting process shown in FIG. 11-20, the effect control CPU 120 first checks the reception command buffer 029SG194A at the time of starting winning (step 029SGS241), and whether or not there is a new storage of the command at the time of starting winning. is determined by whether or not there is an entry in which the value of the pending display flag is not set (step 029 SGS242).

If there is no entry for which the value of the pending display flag is not set (step 029SGS242; N), the pre-reading notice setting process is terminated. Y), furthermore, it is determined whether or not the symbol designation command of the entry is the first symbol designation command, that is, whether or not the symbol designation command is a symbol designation command indicating a failure (step 029 SGS243). If the symbol designation command is other than the first symbol designation command, that is, if the symbol designation command indicates a big win (step 029 SGS243; N), based on the fact that the variable display result is a big win, a big win time (not shown) is executed. By referring to the pre-reading notice effect determination table, it is determined whether or not to execute the pre-reading notice effect and the display pattern in the case of executing the pre-reading notice effect (step 029 SGS245).

In step 029 SGS245, for example, whether or not to execute the pre-reading advance notice effect and the display pattern (foreign notice type) are determined at a decision ratio as shown in FIG. 11-21(A). Specifically, two types of display pattern α and display pattern β are provided as the display pattern (preview type) of the pre-reading preview effect. Among these, when the display pattern of the pre-reading advance notice effect is determined to be the display pattern α, the reserved memory display is displayed in a blue circular shape in the first reserved memory display area 029SG5D or the second reserved memory display area 029SG5U, When the display pattern (notice type) of the pre-reading notice effect is determined to be the display pattern β, the reserved memory display is displayed in a red round shape in the first reserved memory display area 029SG5D or the second reserved memory display area 029SG5U. be.

In step 029 SGS245, as shown in FIG. 11-21(A), for example, non-execution of the pre-reading notice effect is determined at a rate of 5%, and execution of the pre-reading notice effect display pattern α is determined at a rate of 30%. Then, the execution of the display pattern β of the look-ahead advance notice effect may be determined at a rate of 65%.

Also, in step 029SGS243, if the symbol designation command of the entry in which the value of the pending display flag is not set is the first symbol designation command, that is, if the symbol designation command indicates a loss (step 029SGS243; Y), The variation category indicated by the variation category designation command of the entry is specified (step 029 SGS247). Specifically, if the variation category designation command of the entry is C600H, specify that it is a category of "non-reach" variation pattern, and if it is C601H, it is a category of "super reach" variation pattern. If it is specified and C602H, it may be specified that it is a category of "other" fluctuation pattern including normal reach.

Then, for example, based on the numerical data indicating the random number value for the pre-reading notice effect extracted from the random number circuit 124 or the random counter of the effect control counter setting unit 029SG193, and the category of the variation pattern specified in step 029SGS247 (not shown) Whether or not to execute the pre-reading advance notice effect, and the display pattern (notice type) in the case of executing the pre-reading notice effect are determined by referring to the pre-reading notice effect determination table (step 029 SGS248).

At step 029 SGS248, for example, whether or not to execute the pre-reading advance notice effect and the display pattern (foreign notice type) are determined at a decision ratio as shown in FIG. 11-21(B). In the setting example of the determination ratio shown in FIG. 11-21 (B), depending on the category of the variation pattern specified in the processing of step 029 SGS247, the determination ratio of whether or not to execute the pre-reading preview effect and the display pattern (preview type) is set. making it different.

In step 029 SGS247, as shown in FIG. 11-21(B), for example, if the variable display result is lost and the variable category is "non-reach", non-execution of the pre-reading notice effect is determined at a rate of 95%. , execution of the display pattern α of the look-ahead advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 5%, and execution of the display pattern β of the look-ahead notice effect is determined at a rate of 0%. Also, if the variable display result is wrong and the variable category is "Others", the non-execution of the pre-reading notice effect is decided at a rate of 75%, and the execution with the display pattern α of the pre-reading notice effect is decided at a rate of 20%. Execution of the display pattern β of the look-ahead advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 5%. Then, when the variable display result is wrong and the variable category is "super reach", the non-execution of the pre-reading notice effect is decided at a rate of 65%, and the execution with the display pattern α of the pre-reading notice effect is decided at a rate of 25%. , and execution of the display pattern β of the look-ahead preview effect is determined at a rate of 10%.

With such a setting, if execution of the pre-reading notice effect is decided, the variable display result is more likely to be a big hit than when the non-execution of the pre-reading notice effect is decided, so it is the target of the pre-reading notice effect. It is possible to draw the player's attention to the variable display. Furthermore, when the look-ahead foretelling effect is executed, the variable display result is more likely to be a big hit when the look-ahead foretelling effect is executed in the display pattern β than in the case where the look-ahead foretelling effect is executed in the display pattern α. , it is possible to draw the player's attention to which display pattern the reserved memory display that is the target of the look-ahead advance notice effect is displayed.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, if the variable display result is a big win, the presence or absence of execution of the prefetching advance notice effect and the display pattern are determined at the same rate regardless of the big win type, but the present invention is limited to this. If the result of the variable display is a big win, whether or not to execute a look-ahead advance notice effect or the determination ratio of the display pattern may be changed according to the type of the big win. By doing so, the player can be controlled to which jackpot type jackpot game state depending on whether or not the look-ahead notice effect is executed and which display pattern the pending memory display is displayed. It is possible to attract attention.

After the execution of step 029SGS248, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the execution of the pre-reading advance notice effect is determined in step 029SGS247, that is, determines the display pattern (preview type) to be either the display pattern α or the display pattern β. (Step 029SGS249).

After execution of step 029SGS245 or when it is decided to execute the pre-reading notice effect (step 029SGS249; Y), the flag value corresponding to the decided display pattern (preview type) is set to the pending display flag of the entry (step 029 SGS246). Specifically, if the display pattern (notice type) determined in step 029SGS245 or step 029SGS248 is the display pattern α indicating the pending storage display with a blue circular shape, the pending display flag of the entry is set to "1", If the display pattern (notice type) determined in step 029SGS245 or step 029SGS248 is the display pattern β indicating the pending memory display in a red circle, the pending display flag of the entry is set to "2", and then the process proceeds to step 029SGS252. .

Further, in step 029SGS249, if execution of the pre-reading advance notice effect is not determined (step 029SGS249; N), after setting the suspension display flag of the entry to "0" indicating a white round shape (step 029SGS250 ), go to step 029 SGS252.

In addition, after step 029SGS246 or step 029SGS250 is executed, the effect control CPU 120 updates the pending display based on the stored contents of the reception command buffer 029SG194A at the time of start winning (step 029SGS252). As a result, the pending memory newly stored in the receive command buffer 029SG194A at the time of start winning is displayed in a display mode corresponding to one of "0", "1" and "2" set in the pending display flag. be.

FIG. 11-22 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S171 of FIG. 10 as the variable display start setting process. In the variable display start setting process shown in FIG. 11-22, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not the first variation start command reception flag is ON (step 029SGS271). If the first fluctuation start command reception flag is in the ON state (step 029SGS271; Y), to the buffer number "1-0" to "1-4" of the first special figure reservation storage in the start winning reception command buffer 029SG194A Various command data and various flags stored in correspondence are shifted upward by one buffer number (step 029 SGS272). The contents of the buffer number "1-0" are erased because they cannot be shifted because there is no place to shift them.

Specifically, the various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number "1-1" of the first special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in association with the buffer number "1-0" Then, the various command data and various flags stored in correspondence with the buffer number "1-2" of the first special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in correspondence with the buffer number "1-1", Various command data and various flags stored in correspondence with the buffer number "1-3" of the 1 special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in correspondence with the buffer number "1-2", and the first special figure Various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer numbers "1-4" of the reserved storage are shifted so as to be associated with the buffer numbers "1-3" and stored.

Also, if the first fluctuation start command reception flag is off at step 029SGS271 (step 029SGS271; N), it is determined whether or not the second fluctuation start command reception flag is on (step 029SGS273). If the second fluctuation start command reception flag is off (step 029SGS273; N), the variable display start setting process is terminated, and if the second fluctuation start command reception flag is on (step 029SGS273; Y), Various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer numbers "2-0" to "2-4" of the second special figure reservation storage in the reception command buffer 029SG194A at the time of start winning, 1 buffer number each Shift up (step 029 SGS274). The contents of the buffer number "2-0" are erased because they cannot be shifted because there is no place to shift them.

Specifically, the various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number "2-1" of the second special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in association with the buffer number "2-0" Then, the various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number "2-2" of the second special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in association with the buffer number "2-1", Various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number "2-3" of the 2 special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in association with the buffer number "2-2", and the second special figure Various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number "2-4" of the reserved storage are shifted so as to be associated with the buffer number "2-3" and stored.

After executing step 029SGS272 or step 029SGS274, the effect control CPU 120 reads the variation pattern designation command from the variation pattern designation command storage area (step 029SGS275).

Next, the display result (stop design) of the decorative design is determined according to the data stored in the display result designating command storage area (that is, the received display result designating command) (step 029 SGS276). In this case, the effect control CPU 120 determines the stop pattern of the decorative pattern corresponding to the display result specified by the display result specifying command, and stores the data indicating the stop pattern of the determined decorative pattern in the decorative pattern display result storage area. do.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, when the received variable display result designation command is the second variable display result designation command corresponding to the probability variable jackpot A, the effect control CPU 120, for example, determines that the three symbols are "7" as the stop symbols. ”Determines a combination of matching decorative patterns (jackpot pattern). In addition, when the received variable display result designation command is the third variable display result designation command corresponding to the probability variable jackpot B or the fourth variable display result designation command corresponding to the probability variable jackpot C, as a stop symbol , and a plurality of combinations of odd-numbered symbols other than "7" (for example, combinations of decorative symbols such as "111", "333", "555", and "999"). In addition, when the received variable display result designation command is the fifth variable display result designation command corresponding to the non-probability variable jackpot, the effect control CPU 120 may, for example, select a decorative pattern in which three patterns are even-numbered patterns as the stop pattern. Determine the combination (jackpot pattern). Further, if the received variable display result designation command is the first variable display result designation command corresponding to the loss and the variation pattern of the variable display is the non-reach variation pattern, the three symbols are irregular as the stop symbols. A combination of symbols (lost symbols) is determined. Further, if the received variable display result designation command is the first variable display result designation command corresponding to the loss and the variation pattern of the variable display is the reach variation pattern, the left and right symbols are the same as the stop symbol, but the middle A combination of reach-losses with different symbols (losing symbols) is determined.

In determining these stop symbols, the effect control CPU 120 extracts, for example, random numbers for determining the stop symbols, and uses a stop symbol determination table in which data indicating combinations of decorative symbols and numerical values are associated with each other. Then, the stop symbol of the decorative symbol may be determined. That is, the stop symbol may be determined by selecting data indicating a combination of decorative symbols corresponding to a numerical value matching the extracted random number.

Next, the effect control CPU 120 executes meter effect determination processing for determining whether or not the meter effect is to be executed and the effect pattern (step 029 SGS277), and determines whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is the super reach variation pattern. Judge (step 029 SGS278). It should be noted that whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is the super reach variation pattern may be determined by determining whether or not the variation pattern designation command read in the process of step 029 SGS275 is the super reach variation pattern.

If the variation pattern of the variable display is a non-reach or normal reach variation pattern (step 029SGS278; N), proceed to step 029SGS283, and if the variation pattern of the variable display is a super reach variation pattern (step 029SGS278; Y). further determines whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is any one of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ (step 029 SGS280).

If the variation pattern of the variable display is any one of super reach α, super reach β, super reach δ, super reach ζ, super reach η, and super reach λ (step 029 SGS280; N), the variable It is determined whether or not the displayed fluctuation pattern is the fluctuation pattern of super reach δ or super reach ζ (step 029SGS281). If the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach δ or super reach ζ (step 029 SGS281; Y), a ready reach effect E development suggestion effect determination process for determining whether or not to execute the reach effect E development suggestion effect is executed. Then proceed to step 029SGS283 (step 029SGS282), and if the variation pattern of the variable display is any one of super reach α, super reach β, super reach η, and super reach λ (step 029 SGS281; N), Without executing reach effect E development notification effect determination processing, the process proceeds to step 029 SGS283.

In addition, in the processing of step 029SGS283, the effect control CPU 120 selects the process table corresponding to the variation pattern and proceeds to step 029SGS289.

Then, in step 029SGS280, if the variation pattern of the variable display is any of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ (step 029 SGS280; Y), branch A branch destination suggestive effect determination process for determining whether or not to execute a forward suggestive effect and the effect pattern is executed (step 029 SGS284). Then, it is determined whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach ε or super reach θ (step 029SGS285).

If the variation pattern of the variable display is any one of super reach γ, super reach ι, and super reach κ (step 029SGS285; N), the process proceeds to step 029SGS289, and the variation pattern of the variable display is super reach ε or If it is the fluctuation pattern of the super reach θ (step 029SGS285; Y), a reach performance G development suggestive effect determination process for determining whether or not to execute the ready reach effect G development suggestive effect is executed (step 029SGS286). Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines the ready-to-win effect of super ready-to-win to be executed during the variable display from the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D according to the variable display result and the variation pattern (step 029 SGS287). A process table corresponding to the ready-to-win effect and variation pattern is selected, and the process proceeds to step 029SGS289 (step 029SGS288).

In the processing of step 029 SGS287, if the variable display result is a big hit, as shown in FIG. Execution is determined at a rate of 50%, and execution of the ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 50%. Also, if the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach θ (PB1-7), execution of ready-to-win effect C is determined at a rate of 30%, and execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 70%. Also, if the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach ι (PB1-8), execution of ready-to-win effect C is determined at a rate of 0%, and execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 100%. Also, if the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach κ (PB1-9), execution of ready-to-win effect C is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 80%.

On the other hand, if the variable display result is a miss, as shown in FIG. %, and execution of the ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 10%. Also, if the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach ε (PA2-6), execution of ready-to-win effect C is determined at a rate of 80%, and execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 20%. Also, if the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach θ (PA2-9), execution of ready-to-win effect C is determined at a rate of 70%, and execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 30%. Also, if the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach ι (PA2-10), execution of ready-to-win effect C is determined at a rate of 0%, and execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 100%. Also, if the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach κ (PA2-11), execution of ready-to-win effect C is determined at a rate of 60%, and execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined at a rate of 40%.

As shown in FIGS. 11-30(A) and 11-30(B), the execution of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D is performed according to the variation pattern depending on whether the variable display result is a big hit or a loss. As shown in FIG. 11-30(C), the ready-to-win effect D is set higher than the ready-to-win effect C as an overall big hit expectation degree by determining with different ratios.

In addition, regardless of the result of the variable display, when the variable display is executed in the variation pattern of the super reach ι (variation pattern in which the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect and the ready-to-win effect H are executed after the preliminary effect and the sign effect are executed). , execution of the ready-to-win effect D is always determined. On the other hand, when variable display is performed in the variation pattern of super reach κ (variation pattern in which high-expectation reach effect development notification effect and reach effect I are executed after execution of advance effect and precursor effect), reach There are cases where the effect C is executed and cases where the ready-to-win effect D is executed.

That is, in the present feature part 029SG, regarding the variation pattern (the variation pattern of super reach ι and the variation pattern of super reach κ) in which the preliminary effect and the precursor effect are executed during the variable display, the present feature In the part 029, the rate at which the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed (the rate at which the ready-to-win effect I with the highest jackpot expectation is executed) is higher than the ready-to-win effect D when the execution of the ready-to-win effect C is determined. is set higher than if it is decided to run Therefore, in the present characteristic part 029SG, even if the ready-to-win effect C having a lower degree of expectation for big hit than the ready-to-win effect D is executed during the variable display, the preliminary effect and the sign effect are executed after the ready-to-win effect C. Since the player can be made to pay attention to whether or not the ready-to-win performance C is executed, the player recognizes that the degree of expectation for the big win is low when the ready-to-win performance C is executed, and the amusement of the game is lowered during the execution of the ready-to-win performance C.例文帳に追加It is designed to prevent it from happening.

Furthermore, the variation pattern of super reach θ in which the ready-to-reach effect G developmental notification effect is executed after the variable display result is once notified as the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, and these during the execution of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D. When comparing the fluctuation pattern of super reach κ in which the advance performance, the sign performance, and the high-expectation reach performance development notification performance are executed instead of the reach performance C and the reach performance D, as shown in Fig. 11-30 (D). In addition, when the variable display result is a big hit, the difference between the determination ratio of the reach effect C and the determination ratio of the reach effect D in the variation pattern of the super reach θ is 40%, while the super reach κ The difference between the decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect C and the decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect D in the variation pattern is set to 60%. In addition, as shown in FIG. 11-30 (E), when the variable display result is lost, the difference between the decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect C and the decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect D in the variation pattern of super reach θ is 40. %, the difference between the decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect C and the decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect D in the fluctuation pattern of super reach κ is set to 20%.

Therefore, when the variable display results in a big win, the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach θ and the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ are determined depending on whether the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is executed. The variable display is a super ready-to-reach κ variable display in which advance performance, sign performance, and high-expectation ready-to-reach performance notification performance are executed during the execution of ready-to-reach performance C and ready-to-reach performance D, or as ready-to-reach performance C and ready-to-reach performance D. After the variable display result (loss) is notified once, it is possible to guess whether it is a variable display of super reach θ in which the reach effect G developmental notification effect is executed. It is possible to draw the player's attention to which one is to be executed, thereby improving the amusement of the game.

Returning to FIG. 11-22, in step 029 SGS289, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute a chance-up effect suggesting that the ratio of the variable display result to a big hit during the variable display (big hit expectation) is increased, and the chance. A chance-up effect determination process for determining the effect pattern of the up effect is executed (step 029SGS289).

After executing the chance-up effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 next starts a process timer corresponding to the process timer selected in the process of step 029SGS283 or step 029SGS288 (step 029SGS290).

Each process table contains display control execution data for controlling the display of the image display device 5, lamp control execution data for controlling lighting of each LED, and control of sounds output from the speakers 8L and 8R. The sound control execution data, the operation unit control execution data for controlling the operation of the push button 31B and the stick controller 31A, etc. are arranged in chronological order in association with each process data n (numbers 1 to N). ing.

Next, the effect control CPU 120 controls the effect device (image display as a component for effect) according to the contents of the process data 1 (display control execution data 1, lamp control execution data 1, sound control execution data 1, operation unit control execution data 1). Control of the device 5, various lamps as performance parts, speakers 8L and 8R as performance parts, and operating units (push button 31B, stick controller 31A, etc.) is executed (step 213SGS288). For example, a command is output to the display control unit 123 in order to display an image corresponding to the variation pattern on the image display device 5 . It also outputs a control signal (lamp control execution data) to the lamp control board 14 in order to control lighting/extinguishing of various lamps. Also, in order to output sound from the speakers 8L and 8R, a control signal (sound number data) is output to the sound control board 13 (step 029SGS290).

Then, a variable display time timer is set to a value corresponding to the variable display time specified by the variation pattern designation command (step 029SGS292). Also, a predetermined time is set in the variable display control timer (step 029SGS293). The predetermined time is, for example, 30 ms, and the effect control CPU 120 writes image data indicating the display state of the left, middle, and right decorative patterns to the VRAM every time the predetermined time elapses, and the display control unit 123 writes to the VRAM. A signal corresponding to the image data obtained is output to the image display device 5, and the image display device 5 displays an image corresponding to the signal, thereby realizing variable display (fluctuation) of the decoration pattern. Next, the value of the effect control process flag is updated to a value corresponding to the effect process during variable display (step S172), and the variable display start setting process is terminated (step 213SGS291).

In addition, in the effect processing during variable display, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the process timer by -1 each time the effect processing during variable display is executed, and determines whether or not the value of the process timer has timed out. do. Then, when the process timer has not timed out, the effect device is controlled according to the content of the process data corresponding to the process timer, and when the process timer has timed out, the process data is switched, and the next step is performed. It suffices to start the process timer and control the production device according to the contents of the following process data. By doing so, the decorative pattern is variably displayed in the characteristic portion 029SG.

FIG. 11-23 is a flow chart showing an example of the processing executed in step S029SGS277 of FIG. 11-22 as the meter effect determination processing. In the meter effect determination process shown in FIG. 11-23, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether the variation pattern of the variable display is super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι or super reach κ. It is determined whether or not there is a variation pattern (step 029 SGS301). If the variation pattern of the variable display is any one of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ (step 029 SGS301; Y), meter effect determination processing is terminated, If the variation pattern of the variable display is any of non-reach, shortened non-reach, normal reach, super reach α, super reach β, super reach δ, super reach ζ, super reach η, and super reach λ (step 029SGS301; N) determines whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is a shortened non-reach variation pattern (step 029SGS302).

If the variation pattern of the variable display is a shortened non-reach variation pattern (step 029 SGS302; Y), the meter effect determination processing is terminated, and the variation pattern of the variable display is non-reach, normal reach, super reach α, and super reach β. , super reach .delta., super reach .zeta., super reach .eta., and super reach .lambda. A production pattern is determined (step 029 SGS303).

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-24(A), when the variation pattern is a non-reach (non-reduced non-reach) variation pattern, non-execution of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 90%, Execution of meter effect pattern A is determined at a rate of 10%, execution of meter effect pattern B is determined at a rate of 0%, and execution of meter effect pattern C is determined at a rate of 0%. , execution of pattern D of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 0%, pattern E of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 0%, and pattern F of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 0%. do. Further, when the variation pattern is the variation pattern of normal reach, non-execution of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 20%, execution of the pattern A of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 25%, and pattern B of the meter effect is determined. is determined at a rate of 50%, the execution of meter effect pattern C is determined at a rate of 5%, the execution of meter effect pattern D is determined at a rate of 0%, and the meter effect pattern Execution in E is determined at a rate of 0%, and execution in pattern F of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, if the variation pattern is any one of super reach α, super reach β, super reach δ, and super reach ζ, non-execution of meter effect is determined at a rate of 10%, and pattern A of meter effect is determined. is determined at a rate of 5%, execution at pattern B of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 15%, execution of pattern C of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 40%, and the meter effect pattern Execution in D is determined at a rate of 30%, execution in pattern E of meter presentation is determined at a rate of 0%, and execution in pattern F of meter presentation is decided at a rate of 0%.

Further, when the variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach η, the non-execution of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 5%, the execution of pattern A of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 5%, and the meter effect is performed. The execution of pattern B is determined at a rate of 0%, the execution of pattern C of the meter performance is determined at a rate of 0%, the execution of pattern D of the meter performance is determined at a rate of 0%, and the meter performance is determined. is determined at a rate of 95%, and the rate at which the pattern F of the meter effect is performed is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, when the variation pattern is the super reach λ variation pattern, the non-execution of the meter effect is determined at a rate of 0%, the execution of the meter effect pattern A is determined at a rate of 0%, and the meter effect is performed. The execution of pattern B is determined at a rate of 0%, the execution of pattern C of the meter performance is determined at a rate of 0%, the execution of pattern D of the meter performance is determined at a rate of 0%, and the meter performance is determined. is determined at a rate of 0%, and the rate at which the pattern F of the meter effect is performed is determined at a rate of 100%.

Incidentally, as shown in FIGS. 11-24 (B) and 11-25, the pattern A in the meter effect is the period from the start of the variable display to the reach (if it is a non-reach fluctuation pattern without shortening, the period from the start of the variable display It is a production pattern in which the meter 029SG005M increases by one step at the first timing during the period until the variable display result notification), and pattern B is the first timing and the period from the start of the variable display to the reach (non-reach fluctuation without shortening If it is a pattern, it is an effect pattern in which the meter 029SG005M increases by one step (a total of two steps) at the second timing after the first timing during the period from the start of the variable display to the notification of the result of the variable display. , Pattern C is the first timing, the second timing, and the period from reach to the start of the reach effect of super reach (in the case of the fluctuation pattern of normal reach, the period from reach to variable display result notification). This is an effect pattern in which the meter 029SG005M increases by one step at three timings (increase by three steps in total).

In pattern D, the meter 029SG005M increases by one step at the first timing, the second timing, the third timing, and the fourth timing during execution of the ready-to-win effect A or the ready-to-win effect B (a total of four steps are increased). ) is the production pattern. Pattern E is the first timing, the second timing, the third timing, the fourth timing, and the fifth timing (the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect start and stop) that is during execution of the reach effect A and the fifth timing after the fourth timing. This is an effect pattern in which the meter 029SG005M is increased by one step at a timing before the start timing of the notification effect (increase by 5 steps in total). Pattern F is an effect pattern in which the meter 029SG005M increases by five steps at the second timing.

Returning to FIG. 11-23, after executing the processing of 029SGS303, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the meter effect is determined (step 029SGS304). If the execution of the meter effect is not determined (step 029SGS304; N), the meter effect determination process is terminated, and if the execution of the meter effect is determined (step 029SGS304; Y), the effect pattern of the determined meter effect is stored. Then (step 029SGS305), a meter effect start waiting timer corresponding to the variation pattern is set, and the meter effect determination processing is terminated (step 029SGS306).

When the execution of the meter effect is determined, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the meter effect start waiting timer by -1 each time the effect process during variable display is executed, and the value of the meter effect start waiting timer Determine whether or not it is out. At this time, when the meter effect start waiting timer times out, the process table for meter effect corresponding to the determined effect pattern of the meter effect is selected, and the process timer for meter effect is started. Thereafter, the value of the meter effect process timer is decremented by -1 each time the effect process during variable display is executed, and it is determined whether or not the meter effect process timer has timed out. When the meter effect process timer has not timed out, the control of the effect device is executed according to the content of the process data corresponding to the meter effect process timer, and when the meter effect process timer has timed out, the process data and start the next process data. By doing so, the meter effect can be executed during the variable display.

As described above, in this characteristic part 029SG, by executing the meter effect during the variable display, whether or not the meter 029SG005M increases to 5 levels, and by increasing the meter 029SG005M to 5 levels, a high expected reach is achieved. Effect development It is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not the effect is executed.

FIG. 11-26 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S029SGS282 of FIG. 11-22 as the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect determination process. In the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect determination process shown in FIG. 11-26, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not to execute the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect according to the variation pattern of the variable display (step 029 SGS311). . For example, as shown in FIG. 11-26(B), when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach δ, non-execution of reach effect E development suggestion effect is determined at a rate of 50%, Reach production E Execution of development suggestive production is determined at a rate of 50%. On the other hand, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of the super reach ζ, non-execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect is determined to be 80%. determined by the ratio of

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect has been determined in the process of step 029SGS311 (step 029SGS312). If execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect is not determined (step 029 SGS312; N), the ready-to-reach effect E development suggestive effect decision processing is terminated, and if execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect is determined (step 029 SGS312) ;Y) sets a ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect start waiting timer and ends the ready-to-win effect E-development suggestive effect determination processing (step 029 SGS313).

When execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect is determined, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect start waiting timer by -1 each time the effect process during variable display is executed. It is determined whether or not the value of the timer for waiting for the start of the effect E development suggestion effect has timed out. At this time, when the ready-to-win performance E development suggesting performance start waiting timer runs out, the process table for the ready-to-win performance E development suggesting performance is selected, and the process timer for the ready-to-win performance E development suggesting performance is started. After that, the value of the process timer for the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect is decremented by -1 each time the effect process during variable display is executed, and it is determined whether or not the process timer for the ready-to-win effect E-development suggestive effect has timed out. . When the reach performance E development suggestion performance process timer has not timed out, the performance device is controlled according to the content of the process data corresponding to the reach performance E development suggestion performance process timer, and the ready reach performance E development suggestion performance is performed. When the process timer for the timer runs out, the process data is switched and the next process data is started. By doing so, the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect can be executed during the variable display.

In particular, in this characteristic portion 029SG, variable display in the variation pattern of super reach ζ in which the ready-to-win effect E advanced notification effect is executed is performed rather than variable display in the variable pattern of super reach δ in which the ready-to-reach effect E advanced notification effect is not executed. Since the ready-to-reach effect E development suggestive effect is executed at a higher rate, in the variable display of the super reach effect δ and the super reach effect ζ in the variation pattern, the ready-to-reach effect E development is executed after the ready-to-reach effect B is executed. The player's attention is focused on whether or not the suggestive effect is executed, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

FIG. 11-27 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S029SGS284 of FIG. 11-22 as the branch destination suggestion effect determination process. In the branch destination suggestive effect determination process shown in FIG. 11-27, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not to execute the branch destination suggestive effect and the effect pattern according to the variation pattern of the variable display (step 029 SGS321). .

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-28(A), when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of Super Reach γ, non-execution of the branch destination suggestion effect is determined at a rate of 90%. , execution of pattern X of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined at a rate of 10%, execution of pattern Y of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined at a rate of 0%, and execution of pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined. Determined at a rate of 0%. Also, if the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach ε, the non-execution of the branch destination suggestion effect is determined at a rate of 70%, and the execution of the branch destination suggestion effect pattern X is determined at a rate of 30%. Execution of the pattern Y of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 0%, and execution of the pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach θ, the non-execution of the branch destination suggestion effect is determined at a rate of 50%, and the execution of the branch destination suggestion effect pattern X is determined at a rate of 30%. Execution of the pattern Y of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 15%, and execution of the pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 5%. Further, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach ι, the non-execution of the branch destination suggestion effect is determined at a rate of 10%, and the execution of the branch destination suggestion effect pattern X is determined at a rate of 10%. Execution of the pattern Y of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 70%, and execution of the pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 10%. Also, if the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach κ, the non-execution of the branch destination suggestion effect is determined at a rate of 10%, and the execution of the branch destination suggestion effect pattern X is determined at a rate of 30%. Execution of the pattern Y of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution of the pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 40%.

As shown in FIG. 11-28(B), the pattern X of the branch destination suggestion effect is executed in the image display device 5 during the execution period of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, and the execution of the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect. It is a production pattern for displaying a branch destination suggestive image X suggesting both execution of a high-expectation ready-to-reach production development notification production, and a pattern Y of the branch destination suggestive production is a ready-to-reach production C or a ready-to-reach production D in the image display device 5. is a production pattern for displaying a branch destination suggestive image Y suggesting the execution of the ready-to-reach production H development notification production during the execution period of the pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive production is the ready-to-reach production C or the ready-to-reach production in the image display device 5 This is an effect pattern for displaying a branch destination suggestion image Z that suggests execution of a high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect during the execution period of D.

Incidentally, in the characteristic portion 029SG, among the pattern X to pattern Z, the pattern Z is determined to be executed at a higher rate than the pattern X and the pattern Y when the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect is executed. In other words, the pattern Z is a production pattern with a higher execution expectation of the high-expectation ready-to-reach production development notification production than the pattern X and pattern Y (the execution expectation of the high-expectation reach production development information production: pattern Z > pattern Y , pattern Z > pattern X). In addition, when the ready-to-win effect H development notification effect is executed, the pattern Y is determined to be executed at a higher rate than the pattern X and the pattern X. This is an effect pattern with a high execution expectation of the developmental notification effect (ready-to-win effect H execution expectation of the developmental notification effect: pattern Y>pattern Z, pattern Y>pattern X).

Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 11-28(A), whether or not to execute the branch destination suggestion effect and the pattern of effect are determined at different rates depending on the variation pattern of the variable display, and are determined according to the result of the variable display. the proportions are not different. In other words, the presence or absence of execution of the branch destination suggestive effect and the effect pattern are whether or not it develops to any of the reach effect G to the reach effect I after the reach effect C and the reach effect D are executed, and whether these reach effect G to the reach effect However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the presence or absence of the execution of the branch destination suggestive effect and the effect pattern are determined by the variable display. The determination ratio may differ depending on both the variation pattern and the variable display result, or the determination ratio may differ only according to the variable display result.

Returning to FIG. 11-27, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether execution of the branch destination suggesting effect has been determined in the process of step 029SGS321 (step 029SGS232). If execution of the branch destination suggestive effect is not determined (step 029SGS232; N), the branch destination suggestive effect determination process is terminated, and if execution of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined (step 029SGS232; Y), the determined branch The effect pattern of the destination suggestive effect is stored (step 029SGS323), the branch destination suggestive effect start waiting timer is set, and the branch destination suggestive effect determination process is terminated (step 029SGS324).

When the execution of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the branch destination suggestive effect start waiting timer by -1 each time the effect process during variable display is executed, and starts the branch destination suggestive effect. Determine whether the value of the wait timer has timed out. At this time, if the branch destination suggestion effect start wait timer times out, the branch destination suggestion effect process table corresponding to the determined branch destination suggestion effect effect pattern is selected, and the branch destination suggestion effect process timer is started. Let Thereafter, the value of the process timer for branch destination suggestion effect is decremented by -1 each time the effect processing during variable display is executed, and it is determined whether or not the process timer for branch destination suggestion effect has timed out. When the process timer for branch destination suggestion rendering has not timed out, the control of the rendering device is executed according to the content of the process data corresponding to the process timer for branch destination suggestion rendering, and the process timer for branch destination suggestion rendering has timed out. If so, switch the process data and start the next process data. By doing so, it is possible to execute the branch destination suggesting effect during the variable display.

In particular, in this characteristic portion 029SG, any one of the branch destination suggestive image X, the branch destination suggestive image Y, and the branch destination suggestive image Z is displayed on the image display device 5 during the execution period of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-reach effect D. , the ready-to-reach effect C and the ready-to-reach effect D can draw the player's attention to switching to the preliminary effect without being notified of the variable display result. Further, a pre-rendering is performed according to which of the branch destination suggesting image X, the branch destination suggesting image Y, and the branch destination suggesting image Z is displayed on the image display device 5 during the execution period of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-reach effect D. And since the ratio of execution of the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect after the sign effect and the ratio of execution of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect are different, the image display device 5 displays the branch destination suggesting image X and the branch destination. It is possible to draw the player's attention to which of the suggestive image Y and the branch destination suggestive image Z is to be displayed, so that the interest in the game can be improved.

FIG. 11-29 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S029SGS286 of FIG. 11-22 as the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect determination process. In the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect determination process shown in FIG. 11-29, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not to execute the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect according to the variation pattern of the variable display.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-29(B), when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach ε, non-execution of reach effect G development suggestive effect is 50%. , and the execution of the ready-to-reach effect G development suggesting effect is determined at a rate of 50%. Further, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of the super reach θ, non-execution of the reach performance G development suggestive performance is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution of the reach performance G development suggestive performance is determined at 80%. determined by the ratio of

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the ready-to-win effect G development suggesting effect has been determined in the process of step 029SGS331 (step 029SGS332). If execution of the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect is not determined (step 029SGS332; N), the ready-to-win effect G developmental-suggestive effect determination processing is terminated. ; Y) sets a timer for waiting for the start of the ready-to-win effect G exhibition suggesting effect, and ends the ready-to-win effect G exhibition suggesting effect determination processing (step 029 SGS333).

When execution of the ready-to-win effect G exhibition suggesting effect is determined, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the ready-to-win effect G exhibition suggesting effect start waiting timer by -1 every time the effect processing during variable display is executed. It is determined whether or not the value of the waiting timer for starting the performance G exhibition suggestion performance has timed out. At this time, when the timer for waiting for the start of the ready-to-reach performance G exhibition suggesting performance is timed out, the process table for the ready-to-reach performance G exhibition suggesting performance is selected, and the process timer for the ready-to-reach performance G exhibition suggesting performance is started. Thereafter, the value of the process timer for the reach effect G exhibition suggestive effect is decremented by -1 each time the effect processing during variable display is executed, and it is determined whether or not the process timer for the reach effect G exhibition suggestive effect has timed out. . When the reach performance G exhibition suggestion performance process timer has not timed out, the control of the performance device is executed according to the contents of the process data corresponding to the reach performance G exhibition suggestion performance process timer, and the reach performance G exhibition suggestion performance is performed. When the process timer for the timer runs out, the process data is switched and the next process data is started. By doing so, it is possible to execute the reach effect G exhibition suggestion effect during the variable display.

Especially in this characteristic part 029SG, the variable display in the super reach θ variation pattern in which the reach performance G notification performance is executed is higher than the variable display in the super reach ε variation pattern in which the reach performance G exhibition notification performance is not executed. Since the ready-to-reach effect E development suggestive effect is executed at a rate, in the variable display with these super reach ε and super reach θ variation patterns, the ready-to-reach effect G develops after the ready-to-reach effect C and the ready-to-reach effect D are executed. The player's attention is focused on whether or not the suggestive effect is executed, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

FIG. 11-31 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S029SGS289 of FIG. 11-22 as the chance-up effect determination process. In the chance-up effect determination process shown in FIG. 11-31, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is a non-reach or normal reach variation pattern (step 029 SGS340). If the variation pattern of the variable display is a non-reach or normal reach variation pattern (step 029 SGS340; Y), the chance-up effect determination process is terminated, and if the variation pattern of the variable display is a super reach variation pattern, Further, it is determined whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach λ (step 029 SGS341).

If the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach λ (step 029 SGS341; Y), the chance-up effect determination process is terminated, and if the variation pattern of the variable display is not the variation pattern of super reach λ (step 029SGS341; N) further determines whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ (step 029 SGS342).

If the variation pattern of the variable display is any one of super reach α, super reach β, super reach δ, super reach ζ, super reach η, and super reach λ (step 029 SGS342; N), the variable It is determined whether or not the fluctuation pattern of display is the fluctuation pattern of super reach α or super reach η (step 029 SGS343). If the variable display variation pattern is the variation pattern of super reach α or super reach η (step 029 SGS343; Y), the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the chance-up effect during execution of the reach effect A according to the result of the variable display. The presence or absence and effect pattern are determined (step 029 SGS344).

11-32(A) to 11-32(E), the contents of the ready-to-win effect A to the ready-to-win effect I in the characteristic portion 029SG will be described. As shown in FIGS. 11-32(A) to 11-32(I), the ready-to-reach effects A to I are each a ready-to-win title display period during which the title of each ready-to-win effect is displayed on the image display device 5, and a battle effect execution period for displaying the battle effect between the friend character and the enemy character on the image display device 5 thereafter.

During the ready-to-win title display period of each of the ready-to-win effects A to I, the ready-to-win titles can be displayed in red as part of the chance-up effect (see FIG. 11-33(A)).

In addition, for the battle effect execution period of the ready-to-reach effect A to the ready-to-reach effect D, a cut-in image can be displayed on the image display device 5 during the movable body operable period in which the movable body 32 can be operated in the first half of the battle effect execution period. A cut-in image displayable period is provided, and the movable body 32 can be moved during the movable body operable period and the cut-in image can be displayed during the cut-in image displayable period as part of the chance-up effect. (See Fig. 11-33(A)).

Regarding the battle effect execution periods of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D, a branch destination suggesting effect executable period is provided after the movable body operable period and the cut-in image displayable period.

In addition, regarding the battle execution period of the ready-to-reach effect E and the ready-to-reach effect F, the movable body operable period is provided in the first half of the battle effect execution period, and the second half of the battle effect execution period (end of the battle effect) In the vicinity of the timing), an operation prompting the player to operate the push button 31B or the stick controller 31A in order to notify the variable display result in response to the operation of the push button 31B or the stick controller 31A in the image display device 5 is performed. An operation prompting image display period for displaying the prompting image is provided. Note that the operation promotion image display period is a period during which the image of the push button 31B is normally displayed.

In this characteristic portion 029SG, during the battle execution period of the ready-to-reach effect E and the ready-to-reach effect F, as part of the chance-up effect, the action of the movable body during the movable body operable period and the image of the stick controller 31A during the operation prompting image display period are performed. can be displayed (see FIG. 11-33(B)).

Note that the ready-to-reach effect G, the ready-to-reach effect H, and the ready-to-reach effect I are not provided with a movable body operable period, a cut-in image display period, and an operation promotion image display period. That is, the ready-to-win effect G, the ready-to-win effect H, and the ready-to-win effect I are the ready-to-win effects in which the chance-up effect is not executed.

Returning to step 029 SGS344 in FIG. 11-31, the effect control CPU 120, as shown in FIG. Execution of the chance-up performance pattern P is determined at a rate of 35%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern Q is determined at a rate of 5%, and execution of the chance-up performance pattern R is determined at 0%. Determined by percentage. When the result of the variable display is a big win, non-execution of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 5%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern P is determined at a rate of 35%, and the pattern of the chance-up performance is determined. Execution in Q is determined at a rate of 60%, and execution in pattern R of chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 0%.

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect A has been determined (step 029 SGS345). If execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the reach effect A has not been determined (step 029SGS345; N), the process proceeds to step 029SGS347, and execution of the chance-up effect during the execution of the reach effect A is determined (step 029SGS345; Y). stores the determined effect pattern, sets the chance-up effect start timer for reach effect A according to the variation pattern, and proceeds to step 029SGS347 (step 029SGS346).

At step 029SGS347, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach η (step 029SGS347). If the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach α (step 029 SGS347; N), the chance-up effect determination processing is terminated, and if the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach η (step 029SGS347; Y) determines whether or not to execute the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect F and the effect pattern according to the result of the variable display (step 029SGS348).

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-34(B), when the result of the variable display is a failure, the non-execution of the chance-up effect is determined at a rate of 40%, and the pattern S of the chance-up effect is determined. Execution is determined at a rate of 30%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern T is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution of the chance-up performance pattern U is determined at a rate of 10%. When the result of the variable display is a big win, non-execution of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 10%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern S is determined at a rate of 20%, and the pattern of the chance-up performance is determined. Execution in T is determined at a rate of 30%, and execution in pattern U of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 40%.

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect F has been determined (step 029 SGS349). If execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect F is not determined (step 029 SGS349; N), the chance-up effect determination processing is terminated, and execution of the chance-up effect during the execution of the ready-to-win effect F is determined. (Step 029SGS349; Y) The determined effect pattern is stored, and a chance-up effect start timer for ready-to-win effect F is set according to the variation pattern, and the chance-up effect determination process is terminated (Step 029SGS350).

In step 029SGS343, if the variation pattern of the variable display is any one of super reach β, super reach δ, and super reach ζ (step 029SGS343; N), the effect control CPU 120 produces a reach effect according to the variable display result. Whether or not to execute the chance-up effect being executed and the effect pattern are determined (step 029 SGS351).

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-34(C), if the result of the variable display is a loss, the non-execution of the chance-up effect is determined at a rate of 40%, and the pattern P of the chance-up effect is determined. Execution is determined at a rate of 30%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern Q is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution of the chance-up performance pattern R is determined at a rate of 10%. When the result of the variable display is a big win, non-execution of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 10%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern P is determined at a rate of 20%, and the pattern of the chance-up performance is determined. Execution in Q is determined at a rate of 30%, and execution in pattern R of chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 40%.

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect B is determined (step 029 SGS352). If execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect B has not been determined (step 029SGS352; N), the process proceeds to step 029SGS354, and execution of the chance-up effect during the execution of the ready-to-win effect B is determined (step 029SGS352; Y). stores the determined effect pattern, sets the chance-up effect start timer for reach effect B according to the variation pattern, and proceeds to step 029SGS354 (step 029SGS353).

At step 029SGS354, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach ζ (step 029SGS354). If the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach β or super reach δ (step 029 SGS354; N), the chance-up effect determination process is terminated, and the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach ζ. If there is (step 029SGS354; Y), whether or not to execute the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect E and the effect pattern are determined according to the result of the variable display (step 029SGS355).

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-34(D), when the result of the variable display is a failure, the non-execution of the chance-up effect is determined at a rate of 60%, and the pattern S of the chance-up effect is determined. Execution is determined at a rate of 35%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern T is determined at a rate of 5%, and execution of the chance-up performance pattern U is determined at a rate of 0%. When the result of the variable display is a big win, non-execution of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 5%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern S is determined at a rate of 35%, and the pattern of the chance-up performance is determined. Execution in T is determined at a rate of 60%, and execution in pattern U of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 0%.

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect E has been determined (step 029 SGS356). If execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect E is not determined (step 029 SGS356; N), the chance-up effect determination processing is terminated, and execution of the chance-up effect during the execution of the ready-to-win effect E is determined. (Step 029SGS356; Y) The determined effect pattern is stored, and a chance-up effect start timer for ready-to-win effect E is set according to the variation pattern, and the chance-up effect determination process is terminated (Step 029SGS357).

Also, in the process of step 029SGS342, if the variation pattern of the variable display is any of the variation patterns of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ (step 029 SGS342; Y), the effect The control CPU 120 further determines whether the variation pattern of the variable display is one of the variation patterns of the super reach γ and the super reach ε (step 029 SGS358).

If the variation pattern of the variable display is any of the variation patterns of super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ (step 029 SGS358; N), the chance-up effect determination processing is terminated, and the variation pattern of the variable display is If it is the variation pattern of super reach γ or super reach ε (step 029 SGS358; Y), the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the chance-up effect during the execution of the reach effect C or the reach effect D is executed according to the variable display result. A production pattern is determined (step 029SGS359).

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-34(A), when the ready-to-win effect to be executed is the ready-to-win effect C, if the variable display result is a loss, the non-execution of the chance-up effect is set at a rate of 60%. , the chance-up performance pattern P is determined at a rate of 35%, the chance-up performance pattern Q is determined at a rate of 5%, and the chance-up performance pattern R is determined. Determined at a rate of 0%. When the result of the variable display is a big win, non-execution of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 5%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern P is determined at a rate of 35%, and the pattern of the chance-up performance is determined. Execution in Q is determined at a rate of 60%, and execution in pattern R of chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 0%.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 11-34(C), when the ready-to-win effect to be executed is the ready-to-win effect D and the result of the variable display is a loss, non-execution of the chance-up effect is determined at a rate of 40%. Then, execution of the chance-up performance pattern P is determined at a rate of 30%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern Q is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution of the chance-up performance pattern R is determined at 10%. determined by the ratio of When the result of the variable display is a big win, non-execution of the chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 10%, execution of the chance-up performance pattern P is determined at a rate of 20%, and the pattern of the chance-up performance is determined. Execution in Q is determined at a rate of 30%, and execution in pattern R of chance-up performance is determined at a rate of 40%.

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is determined (step 029 SGS360). If the execution of the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect C or D is not determined (step 029 SGS360; N), the chance-up effect determination processing is terminated, and the chance-up effect during execution of the ready-to-win effect C or D is executed. (step 029 SGS360; Y), the decided production pattern is stored, and a chance-up production start timer for ready-to-win production C or ready-to-reach production D is set according to the variation pattern, and chance-up production determination processing is performed. is terminated (step 029 SGS361).

When execution of the chance-up effect has been decided, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the timer for waiting to start the chance-up effect by -1 each time the effect process during variable display is executed, and sets the timer to wait for the start of the chance-up effect. Determines if the value has timed out. At this time, when the timer for waiting for the start of the chance-up effect runs out, the process table for the chance-up effect is selected and the process timer for the chance-up effect is started. Thereafter, the value of the process timer for chance-up effect is decremented by -1 each time the effect process during variable display is executed, and it is determined whether or not the process timer for chance-up effect has timed out. When the chance-up effect process timer has not timed out, the control of the effect device is executed according to the content of the process data corresponding to the chance-up effect process timer, and when the chance-up effect process timer has timed out. , the process data is switched and the next process data is started. By doing so, the chance-up effect can be executed during the variable display.

Especially in this characterizing part 029SG, whether or not the chance-up performance is executed or not, and whether the chance-up performance is executed or not, because the degree of expectation for the big win differs depending on the number of times the chance-up performance is executed during the execution period of the ready-to-win performance. In any case, the player can be made to pay attention to the number of times the chance-up performance is executed, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

Furthermore, in the ready-to-win performances such as the ready-to-win performance A to the ready-to-win performance D where the expectation of the big hit is relatively low, the chance-up performance is executed three times at maximum, so the chance-up performance is executed during the ready-to-win performance A to the ready-to-win performance D. It is possible to effectively suggest to the player that the variable display result will be a big hit according to the number of times of execution.

On the other hand, in ready-to-win performances such as ready-to-win performances G to ready-to-reach performances I with high expectations for big hits, the chance-up performance that can be executed during the ready-to-win performance is only once, so the chance-up performance is repeated multiple times. It is possible to prevent the performance interest of the ready-to-win performance with a high expectation of a big hit from being lowered by the execution.

Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 11-34(E), among the production patterns of the chance-up production in the ready-to-win production A to D, the pattern P executes the red display of the ready-to-win title, but the action of the movable body 32 is different. A production pattern in which no cut-in image is displayed, pattern Q is a production pattern in which the ready-to-reach title is displayed in red and the movable body 32 is operated, but no cut-in image is displayed, and pattern R is a production pattern in which the ready-to-reach title is displayed in red. This is an effect pattern that executes all of the red display, the movement of the movable body 32, and the display of the cut-in image.

Further, as shown in FIG. 11-34(F), among the production patterns of the chance-up production in the ready-to-reach production E and the ready-to-reach production F, the pattern S displays the ready-to-reach title in red, but the movable body 32 moves and moves. The pattern Q is an effect pattern in which the image of the stick controller 31A is not displayed. Pattern Q is a effect pattern in which the ready-to-win title is displayed in red and the movable body 32 is moved, but the image of the stick controller 31A is not displayed. , the red display of the reach title, the movement of the movable body 32, and the display of the image of the stick controller 31A.

As described above, as the chance-up effect of this characteristic part 029SG, as shown in FIGS. The degree of expectation for a big win is set to be lowest when the performance is not executed, and the degree of expectation for a big win is set higher when the chance-up performance is executed in pattern P than when the chance-up performance is not executed. there is When the chance-up performance is executed in the pattern Q, the degree of expectation for big win is set higher than in the case where the chance-up performance is executed in the pattern P. - 特許庁Then, when the chance-up performance is executed in pattern R, the degree of expectation for the big win is set higher than in the case where the chance-up performance is executed in pattern Q (the chance-up performance in the ready-to-win performances A to D is set to be higher). Expectation: pattern R>pattern Q>pattern P>non-execution).

In addition, as a whole chance-up effect in the ready-to-win effect E and the ready-to-win effect F, when the chance-up effect is not executed, the expectation of the big hit is set to be the lowest, and when the chance-up effect is executed in the pattern S, The degree of expectation for a big hit is set higher than when the chance-up performance is not executed. When the chance-up performance is executed in the pattern T, the degree of expectation for the big win is set higher than in the case where the chance-up performance is executed in the pattern S.例文帳に追加When the chance-up performance is executed in the pattern RU, the expectation for the big win is set higher than in the case where the chance-up performance is executed in the pattern T (the chance-up performance in the ready-to-win performance E and the ready-to-win performance F is set to be higher). Expectation: pattern U>pattern T>pattern S>non-execution).

Here, when the ready-to-reach effect A to D are executed and the case to execute the ready-to-reach effect E or the ready-to-reach effect F is executed, the pattern P and the pattern Q are common in the ready-to-reach effect A to D. Pattern R is executable only when ready-to-win effect B or ready-to-win effect D is executed. In other words, the red display of the ready-to-reach title and the movement of the movable body 32 are effects that can be executed in any of the ready-to-reach effects A to D, while the display of the cut-in image 029SG200 is only in the ready-to-reach effects B and D. It is a rendition that can be performed.

Further, when the ready-to-reach effect E is executed and the ready-to-reach effect F is executed, the pattern S and the pattern T are commonly set as executable effect patterns in the ready-to-reach effect E and the ready-to-reach effect F. On the other hand, the pattern U can be executed only when the ready-to-win effect F is executed. That is, the red display of the ready-to-reach title and the action of the movable body 32 are effects that can be executed in either the ready-to-reach effect E or the ready-to-reach effect F, while the display of the image of the stick controller 31A as the operation promoting image is the ready-to-reach effect F It is a rendition that can only be performed in

Next, the effect mode of variable display of Super Reach in this characteristic portion 029SG will be described with reference to FIGS. 11-35 to 11-56. First, the case where the ready-to-win effect A is executed as the ready-to-win effect for super ready-to-win will be described. Note that the meter 029SG005M at the start timing of the variable display is displayed in a state where it has not increased by even one step. As shown in FIGS. 11-35(A) to 11-35(D), execution of the meter effect is determined at the start of the variable display (in this feature part 029SG, when execution with pattern D or pattern E is determined ), the meter 029SG005M increases by one step each at the first timing, the second timing, and the third timing after the reach, which is the timing before the reach.

As shown in FIGS. 11-35(E) and 11-35(F), when the ready-to-win effect A is started, first, the title image of the ready-to-win effect A and the big hit expectation of the ready-to-win effect A are displayed on the image display device 5. An expectation degree image 029SG251 indicating the degree of expectation is displayed. At this time, if execution of the chance-up effect has not been determined, a title image 029SG161A with black title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect A, while one of pattern P, pattern Q, and pattern R is displayed. When the execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern 2, a title image 029SG161B with red title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect A.

Then, when the display of the title image of the ready-to-win effect A ends, a battle effect between the ally character A and the enemy character A starts as shown in FIG. 11-35(G). Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 11-36(H), even during the battle effect, the meter 029SG005M is further incremented by one step at the fourth timing.

Also, during the battle effect, if execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern of pattern Q or pattern R, as shown in FIG. An action toward the performance position is executed. The movement of the movable body 32 as the chance-up effect is movement from the origin position toward the effect position, but the movement of the movable body 32 ends at an intermediate position between the origin position and the effect position. After that, the movable body 32 returns from the intermediate position to the origin position.

Furthermore, when execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern of pattern R, as shown in FIGS. is displayed.

Then, when the variable display is the variable display of the super reach α deviation variation pattern (PA2-2), as shown in FIGS. 11-36 (L) and 11-36 (M), a battle effect As a result, when the ally character A is defeated by the enemy character A, it is notified that the result of the variable display is lost, and after the battle performance (reach performance A) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating the failure.

On the other hand, when the variable display is the variable display of the super reach α jackpot variation pattern (PB1-2), as shown in FIGS. 11-36 (N) and 11-36 (O), battle production When the ally character A wins over the enemy character A as a performance result, it is reported that the variable display result is a big hit, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance A) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination showing the big win.

Also, when the variable display is super reach η variable display, as shown in FIGS. The meter 029SG005M further increases by one step (up to 5 steps) and becomes full. Then, in the lower part of the display area of the image display device 5, a telop image 029SG005T is displayed to notify that the meter 029SG005M has increased to 5 levels (full) and that the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect will be executed. be done.

Next, as shown in FIG. 11-37 (R), the battle effect is interrupted in the middle, and instead of the battle effect, a high-expectation reach effect development notification image is displayed on the image display device 5 as a high-expectation reach effect development notification effect. 029SG180 is displayed. Then, the ready-to-win effect F is started. The details of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect will be described later with reference to FIG. 11-55.

As shown in FIGS. 11-37 (S) and 11-37 (T), when the ready-to-win effect F is started, first, the title image of the ready-to-win effect F and the big hit expectation of the ready-to-win effect A are displayed on the image display device 5. An expectation degree image 029SG256 indicating the degree of expectation is displayed. At this time, if execution of the chance-up effect has not been determined, a title image 029SG166A with black title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect F, while any one of pattern S, pattern T, and pattern U is displayed. When execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern 2, a title image 029SG166B with red title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect F.

Then, when the display of the title image of the ready-to-win effect F ends, a battle effect between the ally character B and the enemy character B starts as shown in FIG. 11-37(U). During the battle production, when execution of the chance-up production is determined in the production pattern of pattern T or pattern U, as shown in FIGS. 11-36 (V) and 11-36 (W), the An operation (movement) of the body 32 is performed from the origin position toward the intermediate position. After that, the movable body 32 returns from the intermediate position to the origin position.

When the battle effect progresses, as shown in FIGS. 11-38(X), 11-38(Y), and 11-38(Z), a An operation prompting image prompting the user to operate the push button 31B or the stick controller 31A is displayed. At this time, when execution of the chance-up effect has not been determined in the effect pattern of the pattern U, while the image of the push button 31B is displayed as the operation prompting image, the chance-up effect is executed in the effect pattern of the pattern U. When execution is determined, an image of the stick controller 31A is displayed as an operation prompting image.

After the operation prompting image is displayed on the image display device 5, when the player operates the operation means such as the push button 31B or the stick controller 31A, or when the operation accepting period of these operation means ends, the battle production is started. A variable display result is reported as the effect result.

Specifically, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the super reach η deviation variation pattern (PA2-8), as shown in FIGS. When the ally character B is defeated by the enemy character B as a result of the production, it is notified that the result of the variable display is a loss, and after the battle production (ready-to-win production F) is completed, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating a loss. be.

On the other hand, if the variable display is the super reach η jackpot variation pattern (PB1-6), as shown in FIGS. When the ally character B wins over the enemy character B as a performance result, it is notified that the variable display result is a big hit, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance F) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination showing the big win.

Next, the case where the ready-to-win effect B is executed as the ready-to-win effect for super ready-to-win will be described. Note that the meter 029SG005M at the start timing of the variable display is displayed in a state where it has not increased by even one step. As shown in FIGS. 11-40(A) to 11-40(D), execution of the meter effect is determined at the start of the variable display (in this feature part 029SG, when execution of pattern D or pattern E is determined ), the meter 029SG005M increases by one step each at the first timing, the second timing, and the third timing after the reach, which is the timing before the reach.

As shown in FIGS. 11-40(E) and 11-40(F), when the ready-to-win effect B is started, the title image of the ready-to-win effect B and the big hit expectation of the ready-to-win effect B are displayed on the image display device 5 first. An expectation degree image 029SG252 indicating the degree of expectation is displayed. At this time, if execution of the chance-up effect is not determined, a title image 029SG162A with black title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect B, while one of pattern P, pattern Q, and pattern R is displayed. When execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern 2, a title image 029SG162B with red title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect B.

Then, when the display of the title image of the ready-to-win effect B ends, a battle effect between the ally character B and the enemy character A starts as shown in FIG. 11-40(G). Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 11-41(H), even during the battle effect, the meter 029SG005M is further incremented by one step at the fourth timing.

Also, during the battle effect, if execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern of pattern Q or pattern R, as shown in FIG. A movement (movement) to an intermediate position is performed. After that, the movable body 32 returns from the intermediate position to the origin position.

Furthermore, when execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern of pattern R, as shown in FIGS. is displayed.

Then, when the variable display is the variable display of the variation pattern (PA2-3) of super reach β loss, as shown in FIGS. 11-41 (L) and 11-41 (M), production of battle production As a result, when the ally character B is defeated by the enemy character A, it is reported that the result of the variable display is lost, and after the battle performance (ready performance B) is finished, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating the failure.

On the other hand, when the variable display is the super reach β jackpot variation pattern (PB1-3), as shown in FIGS. 11-41 (N) and 11-41 (O), the battle production When the ally character B wins over the enemy character A as a performance result, it is notified that the variable display result is a big win, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance B) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination showing the big win.

Further, when the variable display is super reach δ or super reach ζ, as shown in FIGS. 11-42 (P) and 11-42 (Q), after the cut-in image displayable period ends 2. When the friend character B is defeated by the enemy character A, it is temporarily notified that the result of the variable display is wrong.

After the battle effect (ready-to-win effect B) is finished, a swinging display is performed with a combination indicating the misalignment of the decorative symbols. At this time, when execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect is determined, as shown in FIG. The ready-to-win effect E development suggestion image 029SG170 is displayed so that the display positions overlap.

Incidentally, when the variable display is the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach δ, as shown in FIG. After stopping, it is reported again that the variable display is incorrect. On the other hand, when the variable display is the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach ζ, as shown in FIG. As an effect, a reach effect E development notification image 029SG181 is displayed. Then, the ready-to-win effect E is started.

As shown in FIGS. 11-42(U) and 11-42(V), when the ready-to-win effect E is started, the title image of the ready-to-win effect E and the big hit expectation of the ready-to-win effect E are displayed on the image display device 5 first. An expectation degree image 029SG255 indicating the degree of expectation is displayed. At this time, if execution of the chance-up effect is not determined, a title image 029SG165A with black title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect E, while one of pattern S, pattern T, and pattern U is displayed. When execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern 2, a title image 029SG165B with red title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect E.

Then, when the display of the title image of the ready-to-win effect E ends, a battle effect between the ally character A and the enemy character B starts as shown in FIG. 11-42(W). During the battle production, when execution of the chance-up production is determined in the production pattern of pattern T or pattern U, as shown in FIGS. 11-43 (X) and 11-43 (Y), the An operation (movement) of the body 32 is performed from the origin position toward the intermediate position. After that, the movable body 32 returns from the intermediate position to the origin position.

When the battle effect progresses, as shown in FIGS. 11-43(Z), 11-43(a), and 11-43(b), a An operation prompting image prompting the user to operate the push button 31B or the stick controller 31A is displayed. At this time, when execution of the chance-up effect has not been determined in the effect pattern of the pattern U, while the image of the push button 31B is displayed as the operation prompting image, the chance-up effect is executed in the effect pattern of the pattern U. When execution is determined, an image of the stick controller 31A is displayed as an operation prompting image.

After the operation prompting image is displayed on the image display device 5, when the player operates the operation means such as the push button 31B or the stick controller 31A, or when the operation accepting period of these operation means ends, the battle production is started. A variable display result is reported as the effect result.

Specifically, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the super reach ζ deviation variation pattern (PA2-7), as shown in FIGS. When the ally character A is defeated by the enemy character B as a result of the production, it is notified that the result of the variable display is a loss, and after the battle production (ready-to-win production E) is completed, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating a loss. be.

On the other hand, when the variable display is the super reach ζ jackpot variation pattern (PB1-5), as shown in FIGS. When the ally character A wins over the enemy character B as a performance result, it is notified that the variable display result is a big hit, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance E) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination showing the big win.

11-42(Q) to 11-42(T) will be described in more detail.

First, as shown in FIGS. 11-45(A) to 11-45(B), when execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect is determined, the decorative patterns are oscillatingly displayed in a combination indicating failure. In this state, as the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect, the first-stage display of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive image 029SG170 is performed so as to overlap the decoration pattern in the display area of the image display device 5 . It should be noted that the first-stage ready-to-win effect E development suggestive image 029SG170 is less visible to the player than other images displayed in the display area such as decorative patterns, such as having a lower brightness and a smaller display color. Any image is acceptable.

Then, after the display period of the first stage of the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting image 029SG170 ends, as shown in FIGS. After finishing the display of , the second stage display of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestion image 029SG170 is performed again so as to overlap with the decoration pattern. The second-stage ready-to-reach effect E development suggestive image 029SG170 is higher in brightness than the first-stage reach effect E development suggestive image 029SG170, and has more display colors. Any image may be used as long as it has a higher visibility from the player.

Then, when the variable display is a variable display based on the variation pattern of super reach δ, as shown in FIG. The display of 029SG181 is not executed, and the decorative symbols are displayed in a combination indicating a failure. On the other hand, if the variable display is a variable display based on the variation pattern of super reach ζ, as shown in FIG. An image 029SG181 is displayed and the ready-to-win effect E is executed.

Next, the case where the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is executed as the ready-to-win effect of super ready-to-win will be described. When the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is executed as the ready-to-win effect of the super ready-to-win, the meter effect is not executed, so the explanation of the period from the start of the variable display to the ready-to-win is omitted.

Regarding the case where the ready-to-win effect C is executed, as shown in FIGS. title image and an expectation degree image 029SG253 indicating the degree of expectation for a big hit of the ready-to-win effect C are displayed. At this time, if execution of the chance-up effect is not determined, a title image 029SG163A with black title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect C, while any one of pattern P, pattern Q, and pattern R is displayed. When execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern 2, a title image 029SG163B with red title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect C.

Then, when the display of the title image of the ready-to-win effect C ends, a battle effect between the ally character C and the enemy character A starts as shown in FIG. 11-46(C).

On the other hand, when the ready-to-win effect D is executed, as shown in FIGS. A title image of the ready-to-win effect D and an expectation degree image 029SG254 indicating the degree of expectation for the big hit of the ready-to-win effect D are displayed. At this time, if execution of the chance-up effect is not determined, a title image 029SG164A with black title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect D, while any one of pattern P, pattern Q, and pattern R is displayed. When the execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern 2, a title image 029SG164B with red title characters is displayed as the title image of the ready-to-win effect D.

Then, when the display of the title image of the ready-to-win effect D ends, a battle effect between the ally character D and the enemy character A starts as shown in FIG. 11-46(F).

Also, during the battle production of these ready-to-reach production C or ready-to-reach production D, if execution of the chance-up production is determined in the production pattern of pattern Q or pattern R, FIG. 11-47 (G) and FIG. As indicated by 47(H), the operation (movement) of the movable body 32 from the origin position to the intermediate position is executed. After that, the movable body 32 returns from the intermediate position to the origin position.

Furthermore, when execution of the chance-up effect is determined in the effect pattern of pattern R, as shown in FIGS. is displayed.

Also, as shown in FIGS. 11-47(K) to 11-47-(M), when the execution of the branch destination suggestion effect is determined, the cut during the battle effect of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D After the in-image displayable period, the image display device 5 executes the ready-to-win effect H developmental notification effect (ready-to-win effect H) and the high-expectation ready-to-win effect developmental notification effect (ready-to-win effect I) on the image display device 5 as a branch destination suggesting effect. A branch destination suggesting image X (branch destination suggesting image 029SG005X) that suggests both of the above and a branch destination suggesting image Y (branch destination suggesting image 029SG005Y), or a branch destination suggesting image Z (branch destination suggesting image 029SG005Z) suggesting that the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect (ready-to-win effect I) will be executed.

After the branch destination suggestion effect executable period, if the variable display is a variable display in the super reach γ deviation fluctuation pattern (PA2-4), FIGS. 11-48 (N) to 11-48 (P ), when the ready-to-win effect C is executed, as a result of the battle effect, the ally character C is defeated by the enemy character A, and it is notified that the variable display is lost, and when the ready-to-win effect D is executed If so, it is notified that the variable display is lost by the defeat of the friend character D by the enemy character A as a result of the battle presentation. After the battle effect (ready-to-win effect C or ready-to-win effect D) is completed, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating a failure.

On the other hand, if the variable display is a variable display in the super reach γ jackpot variation pattern (PB1-4), as shown in FIGS. When C is executed, it is announced that the friendly character C wins over the enemy character A and that the variable display is a big hit as the effect result of the battle effect, and when the ready-to-win effect D is executed, the effect result of the battle effect. When the friend character D wins against the enemy character A, it is notified that the variable display is a big hit. After the battle effect (ready-to-win effect C or ready-to-win effect D) is completed, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating a failure.

Also, when the variable display is super reach ε or super reach θ variable display, as shown in FIGS. When ally character C or ally character D is defeated by enemy character A later, it is temporarily notified that the result of the variable display is wrong.

After the battle effect (reach effect C or reach effect D) is completed, a swing display is performed in a combination indicating the misalignment of the decorative symbols. At this time, when execution of the ready-to-win effect G development suggesting effect is determined, as shown in FIG. The ready-to-win effect G development suggestion image 029SG171 is displayed so that the display positions overlap.

In addition, when the variable display is the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach ε, as shown in FIG. After stopping, it is reported again that the variable display is incorrect. On the other hand, if the variable display is the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach θ, as shown in FIG. As an effect, a ready-to-win effect G development notification image 029SG182 is displayed. Then, the ready-to-win effect G is started.

As shown in FIG. 11-50 (Z), when the ready-to-win effect G is started, the title image 029SG167 of the ready-to-win effect G and the expectation degree image 029SG257 indicating the degree of expectation for the big hit of the ready-to-win effect G are displayed on the image display device 5 first. is displayed.

Then, when the display of the title image 029SG167 of the ready-to-win effect G ends, a battle effect between the ally character C and the enemy character B is started as shown in FIGS. . In addition, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach θ (PA2-9), as shown in FIGS. As a result, when the ally character C is defeated by the enemy character B, it is reported that the result of the variable display is lost, and after the battle performance (reach performance G) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating the failure.

On the other hand, when the variable display is the variable display of the super reach θ jackpot variation pattern (PB1-7), as shown in FIGS. When the ally character C wins over the enemy character B as a performance result, it is reported that the variable display result is a big hit, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance G) is finished, decorative patterns are stop-displayed in a combination showing the big win.

11-49(V) to FIG. 11-49(Y) will be described in more detail.

First, as shown in FIGS. 11-54(A) to 11-54(B), when execution of the ready-to-win effect G development suggesting effect is determined, the decorative patterns are oscillatingly displayed in a combination indicating failure. In this state, as the ready-to-win effect G development suggesting effect, the first-stage display of the ready-to-win effect G development suggesting image 029SG171 is performed so as to overlap the decoration pattern in the display area of the image display device 5 . It should be noted that the first-stage ready-to-win production G development suggestive image 029SG171 is less visible to the player than other images displayed in the display area such as decorative patterns, such as having lower brightness and less display colors. Any image is acceptable.

Then, after the display period of the first stage of the ready-to-win effect G development suggesting image 029SG171 ends, as shown in FIGS. After finishing the display of , the second stage display of the ready-to-win effect G development suggestion image 029SG171 is performed again so as to overlap with the decoration pattern. The second-stage ready-to-reach performance G development suggestive image 029SG171 is higher in brightness than the first-stage reach performance G development suggestive image 029SG171, has more display colors, etc., and the first-stage ready-to-reach performance G development suggestive image 029SG171. Any image may be used as long as it has a higher visibility from the player.

Then, when the variable display is a variable display based on the variation pattern of super reach ε, as shown in FIG. The display of 029SG182 is not executed, and the decorative symbols are displayed in a stopped state in a combination indicating a failure. On the other hand, if the variable display is a variable display based on the variation pattern of super reach θ, as shown in FIG. An image 029SG182 is displayed and the ready-to-win effect G is executed.

Further, when the variable display is a variable display in the variation pattern of super reach ι or the variation pattern of super reach κ, as shown in FIGS. After the branch destination suggestion effect executable period during execution of C or reach effect D, a shutter image 029SG006 is displayed in the display area of the image display device 5 as a preliminary effect (from the left and right of the display area to the center of the display area The moving display of the shutter image 029SG006 is performed toward the camera), and the effect image displayed on the image display device 5 becomes temporarily invisible due to the shutter image 029SG006.

Then, when the execution period of the preliminary effect ends based on the lapse of the predetermined period, the shutter image 029SG006 retreats from the central portion of the display area of the image display device 5 toward the left and right sides as a precursor effect. As the shutter image 029SG006 is retracted, the image of the character C becomes visible to the player in the display area of the image display device 5 .

Then, when the variable display is a variable display in the variation pattern of super reach ι, as shown in FIG. After the image 029SG183 is displayed, the ready-to-win effect H is executed. Further, when the variable display is a variable display in the variation pattern of super reach κ, as shown in FIG. After the ready-to-win effect development notification image 029SG180 is displayed, the ready-to-win effect I is executed. The details of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect will be described later with reference to FIG. 11-55.

When the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach ι, as shown in FIG. A title image 029SG168 of the ready-to-win effect H and an expectation degree image 029SG258 indicating the degree of expectation for the big hit of the ready-to-win effect H are displayed.

Then, when the display of the title image 029SG168 of the ready-to-win effect H ends, a battle effect between the ally character D and the enemy character C is started as shown in FIGS. . Incidentally, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern (PA2-10) in which the super reach ι is lost, as shown in FIGS. As a result, when the ally character D is defeated by the enemy character C, it is reported that the variable display result is lost, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance H) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination indicating the failure.

On the other hand, when the variable display is the variable display of the super reach ι jackpot variation pattern (PB1-8), as shown in FIGS. When the ally character D wins over the enemy character C as a performance result, it is notified that the variable display result is a big hit, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance H) is finished, the decoration patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination showing the big win.

In addition, when the variation pattern of the variable display is a variable display in the variation pattern of super reach κ, as shown in FIGS. When the ready-to-win effect I is started in the notification effect control, the title image 029SG169 of the ready-to-win effect I and the expectation degree image 029SG259 indicating the degree of expectation for the big hit of the ready-to-win effect I are displayed on the image display device 5 first. At this time, on the image display device 5, the images of the characters A to C are displayed behind the title image 029SG169 and the degree-of-expectation image 029SG259 of the ready-to-win effect I, so that the ready-to-win effect I is of another super ready-to-win. A special feeling due to the high expectation of a big hit is produced rather than the ready-to-win production.

Then, when the display of the title image 029SG169 of the ready-to-win effect I ends, as shown in FIGS. is started. In addition, when the variation pattern of the variable display is the variation pattern of super reach κ (PA2-11), as shown in FIGS. As a result, ally character A to ally character D are defeated by enemy character C, and it is notified that the result of the variable display is lost, and after the battle presentation (ready presentation H) is completed, a combination of decorative patterns indicating failure is displayed in a stopped manner. be done.

On the other hand, when the variable display is the variable display of the super reach κ jackpot variation pattern (PB1-9), as shown in FIGS. When allied characters A to D win against the enemy character C as a performance result, it is reported that the variable display result is a big win, and after the battle performance (ready-to-win performance H) is completed, the decoration patterns stop with a combination indicating a big win. Is displayed.

Here, FIG. 11-37 (R) to FIG. 11-37 (T), FIG. 11-53 (r) to FIG. 11-53 (s) will be described in more detail about the high expectation reach production development notification production .

First, as shown in FIGS. 11-55 (A) to 11-55 (B), when the high-expectation ready-to-reach production development notification production is started, the ready-to-reach production F or the ready-to-reach production in the display area of the image display device 5 A high-expectation ready-to-reach production development notification image 029SG180 for notifying that I will be executed is displayed. Furthermore, after the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification image 029SG180 is displayed, the display area of the image display device 5 is darkened to make the effect image displayed on the image display device 5 difficult to see. is executed.

In the blackout effect, a darkened image is displayed on the image display device 5, making it difficult to see other effect images (variable display images of decoration patterns, character images, etc.), and the display screen itself. , and the volume of the effect sound output from the speakers 8L and 8R is lowered compared to before execution of the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect. Furthermore, the light amount of the effect light of various light emitting means (for example, LEDs, etc.) provided in the game area, the movable body 32, the glass door frame and the frame 3 for the game machine is By lowering it, it is made more difficult to visually recognize other effect images (variable display images of decorative patterns, images of characters, etc.).

After the execution of the blackout effect, as shown in FIG. 11-55(C), the image of the character C is displayed as the preceding effect. In the pre-stage production, the contents of the lines spoken by the character C are displayed as a character image 029SG007 in the display area of the image display device 5, and the lines are output as audio information from the speakers 8L and 8R.

As shown in FIGS. 11-55(D) and 11-55(E), the switching effect is executed after the preceding stage effect is completed, and the latter stage effect is executed after the switching effect is completed. As the switching effect, an image different from the image of the character C displayed in the previous stage effect is displayed. In addition, in the present characteristic portion 029SG, the mode in which only one image is displayed as the switching effect is exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and any one of a plurality of images can be displayed as the switching effect. may be displayed. When one of a plurality of images can be displayed as a switching effect in this way, the ratio of control to the big win game state may be varied according to which image is displayed.

In the post-stage production, as described above, the lines spoken by the character are displayed as the character image 029SG008 in the display area of the image display device 5, and the lines are output as audio information from the speakers 8L and 8R. The character image 029SG008 displayed at this time has a smaller number of characters than the character image 029SG007 displayed in the previous stage effect, but the size per character is larger and the brightness is higher than the character image 029SG007 (see FIG. 11-10). .

As shown in FIG. 11-55(F), after the latter stage effect is completed, the movable body effect is executed. As the movable body effect, the movable body 32 falls from the origin position above the image display device 5 to the effect position overlapping the front side substantially central position of the display area of the image display device 5 . It should be noted that the movable body 32 that has fallen to the performance position is moved to the origin position by being driven by a drive motor (not shown) or the like.

After the movable body effect is completed, as shown in FIG. F. If the variable display is a variable display in the variation pattern of super reach κ, reach effect I) is executed.

Next, variable display in the variation pattern of super reach λ will be described. As shown in FIGS. 11-56 (A) to 11-56 (D), in the variable display with the variation pattern of the super reach λ, first, when the variable display is started, at the second timing before the reach The meter 029SG005M suddenly increases to the 5th stage and becomes full. Next, at the bottom of the display area of the image display device 5, a telop image 029SG005T notifying that the meter 029SG005M has increased to 5 levels (filled up) and that the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect will be executed. Is displayed.

Then, the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed without any of the ready-to-win effect A to the ready-to-win effect D being executed. Incidentally, the effect mode of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect is the same as the effect mode described above with reference to FIG. 11-55. After the execution of the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect, as shown in FIG. 11-53, the ready-to-win effect I is executed, and finally the variable display result is a loss or a big hit.

As described above, in the pachinko game machine 1 in the characteristic part 029SG, as shown in FIGS. It is set to be longer than the length L6b of the performance execution period, and the ready-to-win performance E is executed after the ready-to-win performance E development notification performance is started, and the variable display result as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance E is a big hit. The length L11 of the period until it is reported is that the ready-to-win performance F is executed after the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is started, and the variable display result as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance F is reported as a big hit. and the period from the start of the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect to the time when the ready-to-win effect I is executed and the variable display result as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect I is announced as a big hit. Since the length is set to be shorter than L13, in the case where the ready-to-win effect E is executed after the execution of the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect, the period until the variable display result is notified of the big win. It is possible to suppress the decrease in the interest in the game due to the excessively prolonged period of time. In addition, when the ready-to-win performance I is executed after the execution of the high-expectation ready-to-win performance development notification performance, the player is favorably focused on the ready-to-win performance I before the variable display result is reported to be a big hit. Therefore, the amusement of the game can be improved.

Further, as shown in FIG. 11-7, the length L2 of the execution period of the ready-to-win effect B is set longer than the length L1 of the execution period of the r-value effect A, so it is longer than the ready-to-win effect A. It is possible to draw the player's attention to the ready-to-win performance B over the period, and to improve the amusement of the game. In addition, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 to 11-9, in the ready-to-win effect B, unlike the ready-to-win effect A, the development notification effect can be executed before the variable display result is notified as the effect result. Therefore, even if the ready-to-win performance E development notification performance is not executed, the player is surely paid attention to whether or not the variable display result is reported to be a big hit as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance B.例文帳に追加It is possible.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 to 11-9, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect A and the ready-to-win effect B, when the meter effect is executed as an effect to suggest the execution of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect. Therefore, by executing the meter effect, it is possible to arouse the player's expectation for the execution of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect.

In addition, in the present characteristic part 029SG, a form in which the meter effect can be executed as the effect suggesting the execution of the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the meter effect can be executed. Alternatively, or in addition, the output mode of sound from the speakers 8L and 8R, the lighting mode of the game effect lamp 9, and the like may suggest the execution of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect.

In addition, in this characteristic portion 029SG, a form in which the meter effect can be executed only when the reach effect A or the reach effect B is executed has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the reach effect C or the reach effect can be executed. A meter effect may be executed even when D is executed. In particular, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ in which the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect and the ready-to-reach effect I are executed after the preliminary effect and the sign effect are executed in the middle of the ready-to-reach effect C and the ready-to-reach effect D. A case may be provided in which the meter 029SG005M increases to the 5th stage (changes to a display mode for notifying execution of the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect) triggered by the preliminary effect or the omen effect. By doing so, whether or not the meter 029SG005M increases to the 5th stage during the execution of the advance effect or the precursor effect by the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach ι and the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ. Since the player can be made to pay attention to the game, the amusement of the game can be improved.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 11-9 and 11-25, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach λ, the meter 029SG005M is increased to the 5th step at the second timing without going through the execution of reach effect A. As a result, the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is executed, so even if the ready-to-win performance A is not executed, the player is encouraged to execute the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development reporting performance and the ready-to-win performance I. Since it is possible to attract attention, it is possible to improve amusement in the game.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 to 11-9, when ready-to-win production B is executed, high-expectation ready-to-win production development notification production and ready-to-win production I are executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a case may be provided in which the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect and the ready-to-win effect I are executed after the ready-to-win effect B is executed. By doing so, even when the ready-to-win effect B is executed, the player can be made to pay attention to whether or not the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect and the ready-to-win effect I are executed. You can improve your interest.

Further, in this characteristic portion 029SG, the meter 029SG005M increases by one step at a time from the first timing to the fifth timing. You may provide the case where it increases by two steps or more at any timing. Furthermore, when the timing is set such that the meter 029SG005M increases by two steps or more at any of the first timing to the fifth timing, the meter 029SG005M is raised at the timing before the ready-to-win effect A or the ready-to-win effect B starts. The rate of development to the ready-to-win effect I may be different between the case of increasing to the fifth level and the case of increasing the meter 029SG005M to the fifth level at the timing after the ready-to-win effect A and the ready-to-win effect B are started. Further, in this characteristic portion 029SG, the display mode of the meter 029SG005M can be changed up to five stages as an example of the meter effect, but the present invention is not limited to this. may be changed in four steps or less or in six steps or more.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 11-8 and 11-9, the ready-to-win effect I is executed after the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is started, and the variable display result is a big hit as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect I. The length L13 of the period until notification is from when the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is started to when the ready-to-win effect F is executed and the variable display result as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect F is announced to be a big win. is set longer than the length L12 of the period, the period until the performance result is reported when the ready-to-win performance I with a higher degree of expectation for the big win is executed is lengthened to control the big win game state. It is possible to effectively increase the sense of expectation.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 11-23 to 11-25, the meter effect suggesting the execution of the high-expectation reach effect development notification effect in this characteristic portion 029SG is maximized from the first timing to the fifth timing of the variable display. This is an effect in which the display mode changes step by step over five stages (six stages if the meter effect non-execution state is included). On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 11-45, the ready-to-win effect E development suggesting effect suggesting the execution of the ready-to-win effect E in the characteristic portion 029SG has two stages, and the display mode of the ready-to-reach effect E development suggesting image 029SG170 changes. It is a production that goes on. In other words, in this feature part 029SG, the display mode of the meter 029SG005M can be changed up to five levels as the meter effect, but as the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect, the display mode of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive image 029SG170 is two levels. It can only change up to Therefore, in the meter effect, the image (the meter 029SG005M) to be effected is more likely to change up to the fifth level than in the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect, so the player is made to pay attention to whether the meter 029SG005M increases to the fifth level. It is possible to improve the game interest.

In addition, in this characteristic portion 029SG, the display mode of the meter 029SG005M can be changed up to five levels as the meter effect, while the display mode of the reach effect E development suggestive image 029SG170 can be changed up to two levels as the reach effect E development suggestive effect. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the display mode of the reach effect E development suggestion image 029SG170 may be changed up to five stages as the reach effect E development suggestion effect. In this way, when the display mode of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive image 029SG170 can be changed up to the fifth stage as the ready-to-reach effect E development suggestive effect, the display mode of the ready-to-reach effect E development suggestive image 029SG170 can be changed to the fifth stage. The rate of change may be set lower than the rate at which the display mode of the meter 029SG005M changes up to the fifth level.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 to 11-9, in the variable display of super reach δ and super reach ζ, the length L5 of the meter effect executable period is the reach effect E development suggestive effect executable. Since it is set longer than the length of the period L6a, the ready-to-win performance E that the ready-to-win performance F with a higher expectation of big hit than the ready-to-win performance A is executed after the high-expectation ready-to-win performance development notification performance is executed. Since the ready-to-win performance E can be suggested over a longer period of time than execution of the development notification performance is suggested, the amusement of the game can be improved.

In this characterizing portion 029SG, the length L5 of the meter effect executable period is set longer than the length L6a of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestion effect executable period, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, the length L5 of the meter effect executable period may be set shorter than the length L6a of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestion effect executable period.

Further, in the present characteristic portion 029SG, the mode in which the meter 029SG005M can be displayed on the image display device 5 even when execution of the meter effect is not determined is exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this. , the meter 029SG005M may be displayed on the image display device 5 only when execution of the meter effect is determined. Furthermore, the meter 029SG005M may be displayed on the image display device 5 for the first time at the first step increase timing.

Further, the ready-to-reach effect E development suggesting effect is a effect that can be executed after the variable display result (loss) is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect B, so the ready-to-reach effect E develops during the execution of the ready-to-win effect B. By executing the suggestive performance, it is possible to prevent the decrease in the interest in the game due to the player recognizing that the variable display result as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance B is not reported as a big win.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, as a pattern to develop from the ready-to-reach effect B to the ready-to-reach effect E, after the variable display result is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect B, the ready-to-reach effect E development notification effect and the ready-to-reach effect E are executed. Although only the pattern (see FIG. 1-8 (F)) is disclosed, the present invention is not limited to this, and as a pattern that develops from the ready-to-win effect B to the ready-to-win effect E, the ready-to-win effect B A case may be provided in which the ready-to-win effect E development notification effect and the ready-to-win effect E are executed before the variable display result is announced as the result of the effect. In this way, when the ready-to-win effect E development notification effect and the ready-to-win effect E are executed before the variable display result is announced as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect B, the ready-to-win effect B is executed. The ready-to-reach effect E development suggesting effect may be made executable.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 11-31 to 11-34, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect A to F, the chance-up effect can be executed, and the chance-up effect is executed in any of the effect patterns. The degree of expectation for a big hit differs depending on the type of player.

In particular, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach η in which the ready-to-win effect F is executed after the ready-to-win effect A, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect A, the red display of the ready-to-win title and the movement of the movable body 32 are performed twice. During execution of the ready-to-win effect F, the ready-to-reach title is displayed in red, the action of the movable body 32, and the stick controller 31A as an operation promoting image are displayed. It is possible to execute an effect that constitutes a chance-up effect over a total of three times of image display. Therefore, regarding the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach η, the number of executions of the effects constituting the chance-up effect increases during the execution of the reach effect F than during the execution of the reach effect A. It is possible to appropriately draw the player's attention to the effect result of the effect F.

Furthermore, regarding the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach ζ in which the ready-to-win effect E is executed after the ready-to-win effect B is executed, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect B, the ready-to-reach title is displayed in red, and the action and cut of the movable body 32 are performed. In addition to the display of the in-image 029SG200, it is possible to execute a production that constitutes a chance-up production for a total of three times. It is possible to execute an effect constituting a chance-up effect over a total of two times with the motion of the body 32. - 特許庁Therefore, regarding the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach ζ, the number of executions of the effects constituting the chance-up effect is smaller during the execution of the reach effect E than during the execution of the reach effect B. Since it is possible to prevent the player from paying excessive attention to the effect result of E, the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach ζ in which the ready-to-win effect E is executed after the ready-to-win effect B is executed, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect B, the ready-to-win title is displayed in red and the movable body is displayed. 32 and the display of the cut-in image 029SG200 can be performed a total of three times. , and the action of the movable body 32, which constitutes a chance-up effect. Regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach ζ in which the ready-to-win effect E is executed after the effect B is executed, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect B, the same number of effects constituting the chance-up effect can be executed as during the execution of the ready-to-win effect E. may be

In addition, in this characterizing portion 029SG, as effects constituting the chance-up effect, display of the reach title in red, movement of the movable body 32, display of the cut-in image 029SG200, and display of the image of the stick controller 31A as the operation promotion image are exemplified. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The display of the light guide plate (pseudo light guide plate) in , the operation of the image display device 5 itself, and the like may be included in the effects constituting the chance-up effect.

In addition, in this characterizing portion 029SG, as effects constituting the chance-up effect, red display of the ready-to-win title, movement of the movable body 32, display of the cut-in image 029SG200, display of the image of the stick controller 31A as the operation promotion image, and the like are displayed. Both of these exemplify effects that are executed regardless of the player's operation (active effects), but the present invention is not limited to this, and the effects that constitute the chance-up effect include: An effect (active effect) that is executed only when the player performs an operation such as changing the light emission color of the game effect lamp 9 by operating the operation means such as the push button 31B or the stick controller 31A (so-called back button). directing) may be included.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 to 11-9 and 11-30, variable display of the variation patterns of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ can be executed. The ready-to-win performance of the super ready-to-win can be determined from the ready-to-win performance C and the ready-to-win performance D having a higher expectation of big hit than the ready-to-win performance C.例文帳に追加Then, before the variable display result is reported as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance C and the ready-to-reach performance D, when the advance performance and the sign performance are executed and the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is executed, the ready-to-win performance is performed. When I is executed and a variable display result (loss) is announced as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance C or the ready-to-win performance D, when the ready-to-win performance G development notification performance is executed, the reach with a lower expectation of big hit than the ready-to-win performance I. Production G is executed.

Furthermore, before the variable display result is notified as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance C and the ready-to-win performance D, when the advance performance and the sign performance are executed and the ready-to-reach performance H development notification performance is executed, the ready-to-win performance I is started. Since the ready-to-win performance H with a low degree of expectation for big win is executed, the performance can be diversified by combining the type of ready-to-win performance and the development notification performance.

In particular, for the variable display of the variation patterns of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ, the ratios shown in FIGS. 11-30 (A) and 11-30 (B) By determining which one of the ready-to-win performance C and the ready-to-reach performance D is to be executed, the sign performance is executed more when the ready-to-win performance C is determined than when the ready-to-reach performance D is determined. Since the ready-to-win performance I (high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance) is set to be executed after the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is set high, a predetermined relationship is given to the ready-to-win performance to be executed and the high-expectation ready-to-win performance development notification performance. It is possible to improve the performance interest of the reach performance and the development notification performance.

In addition, in this characteristic portion 029SG, the ready-to-reach effect to be executed is determined from the ready-to-reach effect C and the ready-to-reach effect D in the variable display of the variation patterns of super reach γ, super reach ε, super reach θ, super reach ι, and super reach κ. Although the possible forms have been exemplified, the present invention is not limited to this, and the variation pattern for executing the ready-to-win effect C during variable display and the variation pattern for executing the ready-to-win effect D during variable display are separately provided. may be set to

Further, in the characteristic part 029SG, as shown in FIG. 11-34, whether or not to execute the chance-up effect and the effect pattern are determined at different ratios according to the variable display result. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The executable chance-up effect may be made executable as a effect suggesting that one of the ready-to-win effect E to the ready-to-win effect I is executed (developing to one of the ready-to-win effect E to the ready-to-win effect I). .

Furthermore, as the chance-up effect, in addition to the fact that the variable display result is a big hit, one of the ready-to-win effects E to the ready-to-win effect I is executed, and the big win game when the variable display result is a big win. It may be possible to suggest that the number of rounds is 10 rounds, that the game is controlled to the probability variable state after the jackpot game ends, and the like.

Further, as shown in FIG. 11-9, when the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect is executed after the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is executed, and after the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is executed In the case where the ready-to-win performance H development notification performance is executed, the common preliminary performance can be executed in the period between the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-reach performance D and the development notification performance, so that the preliminary performance is executed. While increasing the player's attention to the development notification performance, it is possible to make the player pay attention to which of the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance and the ready-to-win performance H development notification performance is executed as the development notification performance, It can improve amusement interest.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 11-7 to 11-9 and FIGS. 11-27 to 11-28, during the execution period of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is executed. Suggestion of which of ready-to-win production H development notification production and high-expectation ready-to-reach production development information production will be executed later, and suggestion of both execution of ready-to-reach production H development information production and high-expectation ready-to-reach production development information production. Since the possible branch destination suggestive performance can be executed, the ready-to-win performance H developmental notification performance and the ready-to-win performance H developmental information performance are enhanced while heightening the player's attention to the execution of the development report performance by executing the development destination suggestive performance. It is possible to draw the player's attention to which of the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is to be executed, and to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, as the development destination suggesting effect, the execution of the ready-to-reach effect H development notification effect and the execution of the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect have been exemplified. , The present invention is not limited to this, and as the development destination suggesting effect, it may be possible to suggest that the ready-to-win effect G development notification effect will be executed.

In addition, in this characteristic part 029SG, a form in which a development destination suggesting effect can be executed by variable display of the ready-to-reach effect C or the variation pattern for executing the ready-to-win effect C has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this. Also in the variable display of the variation pattern for executing the ready-to-win effect A and the variable display of the variation pattern to execute the ready-to-win effect B, the development destination suggesting effect may be executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 11-30 (D), before the performance result is notified as the reach performance C or the reach performance D, the high expectation reach performance development notification performance and the reach performance I are executed Super reach With respect to the variation pattern of κ and the variation pattern of super reach θ in which the ready-to-win effect G development notification effect and the ready-to-win effect G are executed after the effect result is notified as the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, the variable display result is a big hit. When it becomes, the difference between the ratio of executing the ready-to-reach effect C and the ratio of executing the ready-to-win effect D in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ is 60%, whereas the variation pattern of the super reach θ Since the difference between the rate at which the reach performance C is executed and the rate at which the reach performance D is executed is 40%, depending on which of the reach performance C or the reach performance D is executed, the reach performance I is a variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ in which is executed, or a variable display of the variation pattern of super reach θ in which ready reach effect H is executed, so reach effect C and reach effect It is possible to draw the player's attention to which of D is executed, and to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, in this characteristic portion 029SG, when the variable display result of the variation pattern of the super reach κ and the variation pattern of the super reach θ is a big hit, the reach effect C is performed by the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach θ. The difference between the ratio of execution and the ratio of execution of ready-to-win effect D is the difference between the ratio of execution of ready-to-win effect C and the ratio of execution of ready-to-win effect D in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ. is set small, but the present invention is not limited to this, and when the variable display result is lost, the reach effect C is executed by variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach θ The difference between the ratio at which the ready-to-win effect is executed and the ratio at which the ready-to-win effect D is executed is greater than the difference between the ratio at which the ready-to-reach effect C is executed and the ratio in which the ready-to-win effect D is executed in the variable display of the fluctuation pattern of super reach κ. It may be set small.

Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to these embodiments, and any changes or additions within the scope of the present invention are included in the present invention. be

For example, in the characteristic part 029SG, a form in which a first reserved memory display area 029SG005D and a second reserved memory display area 029SG005U that can display the reserved memory display at the bottom of the display area of the image display device 5 is provided is illustrated. The present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. center) may be provided with an active display area 029SG005F capable of displaying a pending memory display corresponding to the variable display being executed as an active display.

In addition, when the active display can be displayed in this way, a plurality of display modes of the active display are provided in the same manner as the pre-reading notice effect described above, and a big hit is expected depending on which display mode the active display is displayed. Active display effects with different degrees may be executed. For example, there are three types of active displays: a white round shape, a blue round shape, and a red round shape. The expectation level of the jackpot should be set to the lowest when it is displayed as a white circle (the expectation level of the jackpot in the display mode of the active display: red>blue>white).

Furthermore, the display mode of the active display can be changed from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape during variable display. It may be possible to suggest that the degree of expectation for a big hit in the display has increased.

In this way, when the display mode of the active display can be changed during variable display, as shown in FIGS. Regarding the variable display of the fluctuation pattern of the super reach ζ in which the ready-to-win effect E is executed after (loss) is once notified, the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape and a blue round shape during the ready-to-win effect E. Let P1 be the changing rate of the red circle.

In addition, the variable display in the fluctuation pattern of super ready-to-win η, in which the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed while the ready-to-win effect A is being executed and the ready-to-win effect F is further executed, is actively displayed during the ready-to-win effect A to be executed. P2 is the rate at which the display mode changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape. Let P3 be the changing rate of the circular shape.

At this time, during the execution of the ready-to-win effect F, the display mode of the active display changes from a white circle or a blue circle to a red circle. P1, which is the rate at which the aspect changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape; It may be set higher than P2, which is the rate of change to a round shape.

By doing so, when the variable display is executed in the variation pattern of the super reach η (when the reach effect A is executed and the reach effect F is executed), the high expectation reach effect development notification effect It is possible to reduce the risk that the player will recognize in advance that the ready-to-win effect F will be executed by changing the display mode of the active display to a red round shape from before the start. In addition, when the ready-to-win effect E is executed and when the ready-to-win effect F is executed, the ready-to-win effect F, in which the expectation of a big hit is higher than the ready-to-win effect E, has a higher proportion of active display, and the display mode of the active display is a red round shape. By changing to , the display mode of the active display can be appropriately changed to a red round shape according to the degree of expectation of a big hit, so that the amusement of the game can be improved.

Further, in the modification 029SG-1, in the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach η, the display mode of the active display changes from a white circle or a blue circle to a red circle during the execution of the reach effect F. A mode in which the rate of change P3 is higher than the rate P2 at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape during execution of the ready-to-win effect A has been exemplified, but the present invention is However, as a modification 029SG-2, in the same variable display as in the modification 029SG-1, the display mode of the active display is white during the execution of the reach effect F in the variable display with the variation pattern of the super reach η. The rate P3 of changing from a round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape is changed from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape while the reach effect A is being executed. While setting it higher than the ratio P2, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach ζ, the display mode of the active display changes from a white circle or a blue circle to a red circle during the execution of the reach effect E. The rate P1 may be set higher than the rate at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape during execution of the ready-to-win effect B.

In this way, by providing a plurality of modes as the active display mode and differentiating the degree of expectation for a big win depending on which display mode the active display is displayed, the player can easily recognize the degree of expectation for a big win. When the display mode of the active display changes to a red circular shape before executing the ready-to-win performance E development notification performance or the high-expectation ready-to-win performance development notification performance, the player recognizes in advance that the degree of expectation for the big win is high. It is possible to reduce the possibility that the game interest will be lowered due to

In addition, in the characteristic part 029SG, the variation pattern of the super reach λ in which the high-expectation ready-to-reach effect development notification effect is executed without going through the reach effect such as the ready-to-reach effect A and the ready-to-reach effect B, and the ready-to-reach effect I is executed. However, as a modification 029SG-3, in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach λ, the display mode of the active display changes from a white circle or a blue circle to a red color before the start of the reach production I. may be set higher than the rate P6 at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape after the start of the ready-to-win effect I. By changing the display mode of the active display from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape before the ready-to-win effect I is executed, the player is made to recognize in advance that the ready-to-win effect I will be executed. Since it can be easily performed, the amusement of the game can be improved.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-3, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach λ, the display mode of the active display changes from a white circle or a blue circle to a red circle before the start of the reach production I. Although the ratio P5 is set higher than the ratio P6 at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape after the start of the ready-to-win effect I has been exemplified, the present invention is It is not limited to this, and in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach λ, the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape before the start of the ready reach effect I. The ratio P5 may be set lower than the ratio P6 at which the display mode of the active display changes from a white round shape or a blue round shape to a red round shape after the start of the ready-to-win effect I. By doing so, it is possible to create a situation in which the ready-to-win effect I is executed without going through other ready-to-reach effects even though the display mode of the active display has not changed to a red round shape. Unexpectedness can be imparted to the game, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, in the characteristic portion 029SG and the modified examples 029SG-1 to 029SG-3, three types of display modes of the reserved memory display and the active display are provided: a white circle, a blue circle, and a red circle. Although an example has been exemplified in which the degree of expectation for a big hit is different depending on which display mode the reserved memory display or the active display is displayed, the present invention is not limited to this, and the reserved memory display or the active display. The number of display modes may be two or four or more.

Furthermore, in Modification 029SG-1 to Modification 029SG-3, the form in which the display mode of the active display can be changed during execution of the ready-to-win effect has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the active The change timing of the display mode may include a timing other than during execution of the ready-to-win effect, for example, during execution of a development suggestive effect or a development notification effect, start timing of variable display, and the like. Further, when a pseudo-continuous effect including temporary stop and re-variable display of decorative symbols can be executed during variable display, the display mode of active display may be changed at the timing of temporary stop and re-variable display.

In addition, in the characteristic portion 029SG, three types of display modes of the reserved memory display are provided: a white circle, a blue circle, and a red circle. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as a modified example 029SG-4, as a display mode of the pending memory table display, in addition to a round shape, a triangle, a square, and a star Suggests which reach performance of reach performance E, reach performance F, reach performance G, reach performance H, and reach performance I will be developed according to which shape the reserved memory display is displayed. It may be possible. In this case, when the CPU 103 executes the random number value determination process at the time of winning and determines that the variation pattern (variation category) is super reach, it further determines which super reach variation pattern from super reach α to super reach λ. (Which of the ready-to-win effect A to ready-to-win effect I is to be executed during variable display) is determined, and the super reach variation category command according to the determination (including information on which super reach variation pattern is to be executed) Variation category command) may be transmitted to the effect control board 12 . By doing so, the effect control CPU 120 may determine the display mode of the reservation memory table display from round, triangle, square, star, etc. based on the super reach variation category command received from the CPU 103. . In addition, since it is possible to draw the player's attention to the shape of the reserved memory display before the start of the variable display, the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-4, a form that can suggest a reach effect that develops depending on the shape of the reserved memory display is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the color of the reserved memory display In addition to suggesting the degree of expectation for a big hit, it may be possible to further suggest the ready-to-win performance of the development destination by the shape of the reserved memory display. By doing so, it is possible to draw the player's attention to both the color and the shape of the display of the reserved memory, thereby improving the interest in the game.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-4, the form that can suggest the reach effect of the development destination by the shape of the reserved memory display was exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the shape of the reserved memory display develops The ready-to-reach effect that can suggest the destination may be only a part of the ready-to-reach effect E, the ready-to-reach effect F, the ready-to-reach effect G, the ready-to-reach effect H, and the ready-to-reach effect I (for example, only the ready-to-reach effect E and the ready-to-reach effect I). .

In addition, in the characteristic portion 029SG, as the chance-up effect, a mode is exemplified in which the characters of the reach title image can be displayed in red at the start of the reach effect A to the reach effect F, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, as a modification 029SG-5, as a chance-up effect, the characters of the ready-to-win title image displayed in black may be changed to red from the middle. In particular, when the character of the ready-to-win title image is changed to red from the middle as a chance-up effect in this way, the display mode of the expectation degree image indicating the degree of expectation for the big hit displayed together with the ready-to-win title image can be changed (for example, , increasing the number of stars displayed as the degree-of-expectation image, etc.). By doing so, the display mode of the expectation level image changes as the color of the characters of the reach title image changes from black to red. To allow a player to accurately recognize the degree of expectation of a ready-to-win performance.

In addition, in the characteristic portion 029SG, as shown in FIG. 11-28, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach κ, the ready reach effect of super reach to be executed is reach effect C and reach effect D. Although the presence or absence of execution of the branch destination suggestive effect and the effect pattern of the branch destination suggestive effect can be determined at the same rate in each case, the present invention is not limited to this, and super reach κ Regarding the variable display in the variation pattern, whether or not the branch destination suggestive effect is executed at a different rate depending on whether the reach effect of the super reach to be executed is the reach effect C or the reach effect D, and the branch destination suggestive effect It may be possible to determine the production pattern of .

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11-59 as a modification 029SG-6, before the variable display result is notified as the reach effect C or the reach effect C during the execution of the reach effect C or the reach effect D In the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ where the high expectation reach effect is executed at the beginning, if the reach effect to be executed is determined to be the reach effect C, the non-execution of the branch destination suggestion effect is performed at a rate of 15% Execution in pattern X of branch destination suggestive effect is determined at a rate of 30%, execution in pattern Y of branch destination suggestive effect is determined at a rate of 20%, and pattern Z of branch destination suggestive effect is determined. Run is determined at a rate of 35%. In addition, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ, when the reach effect to be executed is determined to be the reach effect D, non-execution of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined at a rate of 10%, and the branch destination suggestive effect is determined. Execution with pattern X is determined at a rate of 30%, execution with pattern Y of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined at a rate of 20%, and execution with pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive effect is determined at a rate of 40%. do.

In particular, in this modification 029SG-6, when execution of the ready-to-win effect C is determined in variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ, execution of ready-to-win effect D is determined in variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ. Since the execution determination ratio of the branch destination suggestive effect is set higher than in the case where the branch destination suggestive effect is executed (the decision ratio of non-execution of the branch destination suggestive effect is set low), the ready-to-win effect H is displayed during the execution of the variable display. It is possible to favorably suggest the execution of a development notification effect such as a development notification effect, a high-expectation ready-to-win effect, or a development notification effect, thereby improving amusement in a game.

In this modification 029SG-6, when the execution of the ready-to-win effect C is determined in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ, the execution of the ready-to-win effect D is determined in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ. Although the execution decision ratio of the branch destination suggestion effect is set higher than the case where it is set, the present invention is not limited to this. When the execution of the effect C is determined, the execution decision ratio of the branch destination suggesting effect is set lower than when the execution of the ready-to-reach effect D is determined in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ. good too.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-6, when execution of the ready-to-win effect C is determined in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ, execution of the ready-to-win effect D is performed in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ. Since the execution decision ratio in the pattern Z of the branch destination suggestive effect (the effect pattern suggesting the execution of the high-expectation reach effect development notification effect) is set higher than in the case of being determined, the variable display is being executed. In , it is possible to more preferably suggest that the development notification performance such as the ready-to-win performance H development notification performance or the high-expectation ready-to-win development development notification performance is executed, thereby improving the amusement of the game.

In the modification 029SG-6, when execution of the ready-to-win effect C is determined in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ, execution of the ready-to-win effect D is determined in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ. Although the execution decision ratio in the pattern Z of the branch destination suggestion effect is set higher than in the case where the super reach κ is changed, the present invention is not limited to this. When execution of ready-to-reach effect C is determined in the variable display of , than when execution of ready-to-reach effect D is determined in variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ, branch destination suggesting effect pattern Z The execution decision ratio may be set low.

In addition, in the present modification 029SG-6, as shown in FIG. 11-59, in the variable display of the variation pattern of super reach κ, the ready reach effect of super reach to be executed is reach effect C and reach effect D. Although an embodiment has been exemplified in which the presence or absence of execution of the branch destination suggestive effect and the effect pattern of the branch destination suggestive effect can be determined at different rates depending on the situation, the present invention is not limited to this, super reach θ, Regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of the super reach ι, whether or not the branch destination suggestion effect is executed and the branch is performed at different rates depending on whether the reach effect of the super reach to be executed is the reach effect C or the reach effect D. The effect pattern of the previous suggestive effect may be determinable.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-6, a branch destination suggestive effect (first advantageous result suggestive effect in invention 033SG) that can be executed during execution of ready-to-win effect C and a branch destination suggestive effect that can be executed during execution of ready-to-win effect D (Second Advantageous Result Suggesting Effect in Invention 033SG) is exemplified as an effect of the same effect mode, but the present invention is not limited to this. The executable branch destination suggestive effect and the branch destination suggestive effect executable during execution of the ready-to-win effect D may be executed as different effect modes.

Further, in the characterizing portion 029SG, as shown in FIGS. 11-5 to 11-9, reach effects A to D are executed as reach effects of super reach, and reach effects E to reach I are executed. As for the notification mode in which the variable display result is notified without development, a notification mode (first notification mode) in which any one of these reach effects A to D is simply executed and the variable display result is notified is exemplified. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as a modified example 029SG-7, reach effects A to reach D are executed as reach effects of super reach, and any one of reach effects E to reach reach I In addition to the first notification mode, the notification mode in which the variable display result is notified without developing to the above-mentioned first notification mode is once notified that the variable display result is lost as the performance result of the ready-to-win effect A to the ready-to-win effect D. A second notification mode (so-called revival mode) may be provided in which it is reported that the variable display result is a big hit.

In this way, the reach effects A to D are executed as the reach effects of the super reach, and the variable display result is notified without progressing to any of the reach effects E to I. When the notification mode and the second notification mode are provided, the branch destination suggestion performance is executed in the pattern Z when the performance result (variable display result) of the ready-to-reach performance C or the ready-to-reach performance D is notified in the first notification mode. is the same as the ratio of executing the branch destination suggesting effect in the pattern Z when the effect result (variable display result) of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-reach effect D is notified in the second notification mode. good too.

Thus, the ready-to-reach performance A to the ready-to-reach performance D are executed as the ready-to-reach performance of the super ready-to-win, and the variable display result is notified without progressing to any one of the ready-to-reach performance E to the ready-to-reach performance I in the second reporting mode. is provided, it is possible to give the player a sense of surprise by being informed again that the variable display result is a big win, even though the variable display result is once reported as a loss. Furthermore, the execution of the branch destination suggesting effect is performed when the effect result (variable display result) in the case of executing the ready-to-reach effect C and the ready-to-reach effect D is notified in the first notification mode and in the second notification mode. can be shared, the amount of data required for this process can be reduced.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-7, reach effects A to D are executed as reach effects of super reach, and the variable display result is notified without developing to any of reach effects E to reach I. When the first notification mode and the second notification mode are provided as modes, when the rendering result (variable display result) of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-reach effect D is notified in the first reporting mode, the pattern of the branch destination suggesting effect is provided. The ratio of execution in Z and the ratio of execution of branch destination suggestive effect in pattern Z when the effect result (variable display result) of ready-to-reach effect C or ready-to-reach effect D is notified in the second notification mode. Although the same form is exemplified, the present invention is not limited to this, and ready-to-reach effects A to ready-to-reach effects D are executed as ready-to-win effects of super reach, and any of ready-to-win effects E to ready-to-reach effects I When the first notification mode and the second notification mode are provided as the notification modes in which the variable display result is notified without developing into the first notification mode, the performance result (variable display result) of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is the first notification mode. When the branch destination suggestion effect is notified in the second notification mode, the branch destination when the effect result (variable display result) of the reach effect C or the reach effect D (variable display result) is notified in the second notification mode. The rate at which the suggestive effect is executed in the pattern Z may be different.

Further, in the modification 029SG-7, reach effects A to D are executed as the reach effects of super reach, and the variable display result is notified without developing to any of the reach effects E to I. As for modes, the variable display result is temporarily lost as the first notification mode in which one of these ready-to-reach effects A to D is simply executed and the variable display result is reported, and the variable display result is temporarily lost as the effect results of the ready-to-reach effects A to D. A second notification mode is exemplified in which the variable display result is again notified that the result is a big hit after being notified that it is, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the modification 029SG As -8, the ready-to-reach effect C or the ready-to-reach effect D is executed, and after notifying that the variable display result is wrong as the effect result of these ready-to-reach effect C or the ready-to-reach effect D, the ready-to-reach effect G development notification effect and the ready-to-reach effect G is executed, and it is reported that the variable display result is a big hit as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect G (when variable display is executed in the variation pattern (PB1-7) of the super reach θ jackpot), The rate at which the chance-up effect is executed during the variable display in the variation pattern of the super reach θ jackpot is variable, and the effect result (variable display result) of the reach effect C or the reach effect D (variable display result) is notified in the second notification mode. It may be different from the rate at which the chance-up effect is executed in the display. In this way, when the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D is executed, the execution ratio of the chance-up effect depends on whether or not the ready-to-win effect G is executed before the variable display result is announced as a big win. can be made different, the amusement of the game can be improved.

Furthermore, in this modification, the ratio of execution of the chance-up effect during the variable display in the variation pattern of the super reach θ jackpot is the second notification mode for the effect result (variable display result) of the reach effect C or the reach effect D. Although a form different from the rate at which the chance-up effect is executed in the variable display notified in is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and variable display in the variation pattern of super reach θ jackpot The rate at which the chance-up effect is executed is the same as the rate at which the chance-up effect is executed in the variable display in which the effect results (variable display results) of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D are notified in the second notification mode. There may be.

Further, in the characteristic part 029SG, as shown in FIG. 11-27, the branch destination suggesting effect can be executed in a plurality of effect patterns. A form with a different ratio of execution of the high-expectation reach performance development notification performance is exemplified. In particular, in the characteristic part 029SG, the case where the branch destination suggestive effect is executed in the effect pattern Z is exemplified as a form in which the high expectation reach effect development notification effect is executed at the highest rate, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, when the branch destination suggesting performance is executed in the performance pattern Z, the high expectation reach performance development notification performance may be executed at an extremely high rate (for example, 99%).

In particular, in the case where the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect is executed at an extremely high rate when the branch destination suggestive effect is executed in the effect pattern Z, the branch destination suggestive effect is the effect pattern Z. If the high-expectation ready-to-reach production development notification effect is not executed despite being executed in Z, or if the ready-to-reach production I is executed although the high-expectation reach production development notification effect is not executed (so-called A pattern of production contradiction) may be provided. In addition, when such a pattern of performance contradiction is provided, the branch destination suggesting performance in the performance pattern Z and the ready-to-win performance I are executed in the pattern of the performance contradiction only when the variable display result is reported as a big win. By doing so, it is possible to give the player a sense of surprise, and when the branch destination suggestion performance is executed in the pattern Z or when the ready-to-win performance I is executed, the high-expectation ready-to-reach performance development notification performance is executed. Since the player can be made to pay attention to whether or not the game is played, the amusement of the game can be improved.

Further, in the characterizing part 029SG, as shown in FIG. 11-30, after the variable display result (missing) is notified as the result of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, further ready-to-win effect G development notification effect and ready-to-win effect G As for the variable display in the variation pattern of the super reach θ that is executed, a form in which the execution determination ratio of the ready-to-win effect C and the execution determination ratio of the ready-to-win effect D are different is exemplified, but the present invention is based on this As a modification 029SG-10, the execution decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect C and the execution decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect D may be the same for the variable display in the variation pattern of the super reach θ. By doing so, in both cases where the ready-to-win effect C is executed and the case to execute the ready-to-win effect D, the variable display result (missing) is notified as the effect result of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D. Since the player can expect that the ready-to-win performance development notification performance is executed after the game is played, the amusement of the game can be improved.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-10, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach θ, a form in which the execution determination ratio of ready-to-win effect C and the execution determination ratio of ready-to-win effect D are the same was exemplified, but the present invention. is not limited to this, and in both the case where the ready-to-reach effect C is executed and the case where the ready-to-reach effect D is executed, the variable display result is (off ) is reported, the execution decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect C and the execution decision ratio of the ready-to-win effect D are possible if the player can expect the execution of the ready-to-win effect development notification effect. and a small difference (for example, the difference between the execution decision ratio of the reach effect C and the execution decision ratio of the reach effect D is about 1% to 5%, that is, the execution decision ratio of the reach effect C and the execution decision ratio of the reach effect D are substantially the same) and may be different.

Further, in the characterizing part 029SG, as shown in FIG. 11-30, after the variable display result (missing) is notified as the result of the ready-to-win effect C or the ready-to-win effect D, further ready-to-win effect G development notification effect and ready-to-win effect G is executed in the variation pattern of the super reach θ, the degree of expectation for the big hit when the execution of the ready-to-win performance C is determined is smaller than the degree of expectation for the big win when the execution of the ready-to-win performance D is determined. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as a modification 029SG-11, for the variable display in the variation pattern of super reach θ, the execution of the reach effect C is determined. The big-hit expectation and the big-hit expectation when execution of the ready-to-win effect D is determined may be the same. By doing so, in both cases in which the ready-to-win effect C is executed and in the case to execute the ready-to-win effect, when the ready-to-win effect G development notification effect is executed, the effect result of the ready-to-win effect G is displayed as a variable display result. Since the player can expect to be informed that will be a big hit, the amusement of the game can be improved.

In addition, in this modification 029SG-11, regarding the variable display in the variation pattern of the super reach θ, the expectation of the big hit when the execution of the ready-to-win effect C is determined and the big hit when the execution of the ready-to-win effect D is determined Although the form in which the degree of expectation is the same is exemplified, the present invention is not limited to this. If it is possible to produce an effect that a player can expect to be notified that the variable display result will be a big hit as the result of the ready-to-win effect G when the effect G development notification effect is executed, the reach is possible. There is a small difference between the expectation of jackpot of production C and the expectation of jackpot of ready-to-win production D (for example, the difference between the expectation of jackpot of ready-to-win production C and the expectation of jackpot of ready-to-win production D is about 1% to 5%, that is, the ready-to-win production The degree of expectation of a big hit of C and the degree of expectation of a big hit of the ready-to-win production D may be substantially the same) and may be different.

11-34, in the characterizing portion 029SG, red display of the ready-to-win title, movement of the movable body 32, display of the cut-in image 029SG200, and a stick as an operation promoting image are displayed as effects constituting the chance-up effect. The display of the image of the controller 31A can be executed, and the reach performance A to the reach performance D, which are executed before the reach performance E development notification performance and the high expectation reach performance development notification performance, and the reach performance E development notification performance and high expectation are executed. In the ready-to-reach effect E and the ready-to-reach effect F executed before the ready-to-reach effect development notification effect, the red display of the ready-to-reach title and the movement of the movable body 32 are exemplified as a common effect, but the present invention is this. As a modification 029SG-12, a common effect of the red display of these reach titles and the movement of the movable body 32 is executed in one of the reach effects A to F. The degree of expectation for a big hit may differ according to the amount. By doing so, while suppressing an increase in the number of effects that can be executed as a chance-up effect (the number of effect patterns of the chance-up effect), the red display of the ready-to-win title and the movement of the movable body 32 are both the execution of the ready-to-win effect. Since the player can be made to pay attention to whether the player is properly inside, the amusement of the game can be improved.

Further, in the characterizing part 029SG, as shown in FIG. 11-34, whether the chance-up effect is executed or not and the effect of the chance-up effect are different depending on whether the variable display result is a big win or a loss. Although the form in which the pattern can be determined has been exemplified, the present invention is not limited to this. may be determined at different rates depending on whether or not is executed.

In particular, as shown in FIG. 11-60 as a modification 029SG-13, before the variable display result (missing) is notified as the effect result of the reach effect C or the reach effect D, the high expectation reach effect development notification As for the variation pattern of super reach κ in which the performance and the ready-to-reach performance I are executed, the chance-up performance is performed at different rates between when the ready-to-reach performance C is determined and when the ready-to-reach performance D is determined. It may be possible to determine whether or not to execute the In particular, in the variable display of the variation pattern of the super reach κ, when execution of the ready-to-win effect D is determined, execution of the chance-up effect is determined at a higher rate than when execution of the ready-to-win effect C is determined. When execution of the ready-to-win performance D is determined, it is possible to easily suggest to the player that the degree of expectation for a big win is high, and to improve the amusement of the game.

Further, in the modification 029SG-7, the second notification mode in which it is once notified that the variable display result is lost as the effect results of the ready-to-win effect A to the ready-to-win effect D, and then the variable display result is again notified to be a big hit. (So-called resurrection mode) has been exemplified, but as the second notification mode, as shown in FIG. A resurrection performance may be executed to notify that the variable display result is a big hit between the time when the variable display is stopped.

In particular, when the resurrection effect is executed after it is once notified that the variable display result is wrong as the effect result of the reach effect A to the reach effect D (variation of any one of super reach α, super reach β, and super reach γ 11-61(A) to 11-61(C), the length L21 of the resurrection effect effect period is changed to the ready-to-win effect effect. As the effect result of B, when the reach effect E development suggesting effect, reach effect E development notification effect, and reach effect E are executed after the variable display result is once notified (variable with the super reach ζ variation pattern When the display is executed), the length of the period L22 from the start timing of the ready-to-reach effect E development suggestive effect to the end timing of the ready-to-win effect E (variable display result notification timing), and the effect results of the ready-to-win effect C and the ready-to-win effect D After the variable display result is notified that the result is lost, the reach effect G development suggesting effect, the reach effect G development notification effect, and the reach effect G are executed (variable display is executed in the variation pattern of super reach θ If the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect is set to be shorter than the length L23 of the period from the start timing of the ready-to-win effect G development suggestion effect to the end timing of the ready-to-win effect G (variable display result notification timing), the effect becomes redundant. It may also be possible to prevent a decrease in interest in the game due to (L22>L21, L23>21).

Furthermore, as shown in FIGS. 11-61(A) to 11-61(C), the length L21 of the effect period of the revival effect is changed from the start timing of the ready-to-win effect E development suggestive effect to the ready-to-win effect E development notification effect. or the length L33 of the period from the start timing of the ready-to-win effect G development suggestive effect to the end timing of the ready-to-win effect G developmental notification effect, the variable display result is Unexpectedness can be imparted to the notification of the failure.

In addition, in the present modification 029SG-14, as the effect results of the ready-to-reach effect A to the ready-to-reach effect D, the resurrection effect is executed after being once notified that the variable display result is wrong, but the present invention is this. However, when the high-expectation ready-to-win effect development notification effect and ready-to-win effect F are executed during the execution of the ready-to-win effect A (variable display is executed according to the fluctuation pattern of super reach η and a big hit is achieved case), when the advance effect, the omen effect, the reach effect H development notification effect, and the reach effect H are executed during the execution of the reach effect C and the reach effect D (variable display is executed in the variation pattern of super reach ι). If it becomes a big hit), during the execution of reach production C and reach production D, advance production, omen production, high expectation reach production development notification production, reach production I is executed (variable with super reach κ fluctuation pattern In the case where the display is executed and the jackpot is won), a case where the resurrection effect is executed may be provided.

In addition, as shown in the characterizing part 029SG, the ratio of the hits to be hit by the ready-to-win performance A to the ready-to-reach performance D (the degree of expectation of the big hit) is determined by the ready-to-win performance F, the ready-to-reach performance G, and the ready-to-win performance I. Since it is set lower than the ratio (big hit expectation), when the variable display result is a big hit, it is once notified that the variable display result is lost as the production result of the reach production A to the reach production D. The ready-to-win performance A to ready-to-win performance D are executed and variable by setting the ratio of execution of the resurrection performance after the ready-to-win performance to be higher than the ratio of executing the ready-to-win performance F, the ready-to-win performance G and the ready-to-win performance I to achieve a big win. Even when it is reported that the display result is a loss, the player may be made to pay attention to the execution of the resurrection effect.

After the ready-to-win performance B is temporarily notified that the variable display result is a loss as the performance result of the ready-to-win performance B, the ready-to-reach performance E development suggesting performance, the ready-to-reach performance E development notification performance, and the ready-to-win performance E are executed to result in a big hit. (when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of super reach ζ and a big hit is achieved), or after being notified once that the variable display result is lost as the result of the reach performance C or the reach performance D, the reach performance G When the development suggesting performance, ready-to-win performance G developmental notification performance, and ready-to-win performance G are executed to result in a big hit (when variable display is performed according to the variation pattern of super reach θ to result in a big win), the resurrection performance is also executed. Although a case may be provided, in the case where the variable display is executed in the variation pattern of these super reach ζ and super reach θ, it is notified that the variable display result will be lost once before the resurrection effect. Super ready-to-win ζ, super When the variable display is executed with the fluctuation pattern of reach θ and a big hit is achieved, the resurrection effect is not executed, or the fluctuation pattern of super reach α to super reach γ, super reach η, super reach ι super reach κ is used. The resurrection effect may be executed at a lower rate than the case where the variable display is executed and the big win is achieved.

In addition, in the characteristic portion 029SG, a form that can be controlled in a time-saving state after the end of the jackpot game is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of times the variable display is executed is a specific number (for example, 900 times, etc.) ), it may be possible to control the time-saving state in response to reaching ), or in the case where the variable display result is lost, it may be possible to control the time-saving state in response to the fact that some deviations are derived and displayed. good.

In particular, in this way, when controlling to the time-saving state in response to the number of executions of variable display reaching a specific number of times, or when controlling to the time-saving state in response to the derivation display of some deviations , The high-expectation ready-to-reach production development notification production shown in the characteristic part 029SG, and the production for notifying that it will be controlled to the time saving state after executing the resurrection production shown in the modification 029SG-14 may be executed. . By doing so, when controlling to the time saving state according to the number of executions of the variable display reaching a specific number of times, or when controlling to the time saving state according to the fact that some deviations are derived and displayed , high-expectation ready-to-reach production Whether it is controlled to a time-saving state by executing the development notification production or revival production, whether the variable display result is notified that it is a big hit, or high-expected reach production such as ready-to-win production I Since the player can be made to pay attention to whether the is executed, the interest in the game can be improved.

Further, as the characteristic portion 029SG, an embodiment in which both the invention 029SG and the invention 033SG are implemented has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and only one of the invention 029SG and the invention 033SG is implemented. You may make it

Further, in the characterizing section 029SG, the form in which the present invention is applied to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention may be applied to slot machines.

1 Pachinko game machine 4A First special symbol display device 4B Second special symbol display device 5 Image display device 103 CPU
120 Production control CPU

Claims (1)

A gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to a player,
As suggestive effects suggesting that the control is to be in the advantageous state, a special suggestive effect, and a first suggestive effect, a second suggestive effect, and a special suggestive effect in which the degree of expectation of being controlled to the advantageous state is lower than that of the special suggestive effect. and a suggestive effect executing means capable of executing a plurality of types of suggestive effects including
A special development performance can be executed as a first development pattern before the performance result of the first suggestion performance or the second suggestion performance is notified, and the first suggestion performance or the second suggestion performance is executed. a development effect executing means capable of executing a special development effect different from the special development effect as a second development pattern after being informed that the control is not performed to the advantageous state as a result of the effect;
with
The degree of expectation is different between the first suggestive effect and the second suggestive effect,
The suggestion effect execution means is
When the first development pattern is executed by the development performance executing means, the special suggestion performance can be executed after the special development performance is executed,
When the second development pattern is executed by the development performance executing means, the special suggestion performance can be executed after the special development performance is executed,
When controlled to the advantageous state, the rate at which the special development effect is executed is higher than the rate at which the special development effect is executed;
The production period of the special development production is longer than the production period of the special development production,
The special development effect includes a first effect in which the visibility of the effect image is lowered, a second effect which is executed after the first effect and in which the previous stage information is displayed so as to be visible, and the second effect. a tertiary effect, which is an effect executed after the secondary effect and in which latter-stage information having a higher degree of emphasis than the preceding-stage information is visibly displayed,
The second development is higher than the first difference, which is the difference between the rate at which the first suggestive effect is executed in the first development pattern and the rate at which the second suggestive effect is performed in the first development pattern. A second difference, which is the difference between the rate at which the first suggestive effect is executed in the pattern and the rate at which the second suggestive effect is executed in the second development pattern, is smaller.
A gaming machine characterized by:

Images